Document:

exv10w1

Exhibit 10.1

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	       
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	EXECUTION VERSION       

DATED 19 NOVEMBER 2009

TALBOT HOLDINGS LTD.

AS BORROWER

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

AS GUARANTOR

LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC

AND

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH

AS MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC

AS AGENT

AND

LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC

AS SECURITY TRUSTEE

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

RELATING TO A $100,000,000 STANDBY LETTER

OF CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT

DATED 28 NOVEMBER 2007

 

 

 

CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Clause	 	 	 	Page
	1.

	 	Definitions And Interpretation
	 	 	1	 
	 
	2.

	 	Amendment
	 	 	2	 
	 
	3.

	 	Representations
	 	 	2	 
	 
	4.

	 	Continuity And Further Assurance
	 	 	2	 
	 
	5.

	 	Conditions Subsequent
	 	 	3	 
	 
	6.

	 	Fees, Costs And Expenses
	 	 	3	 
	 
	7.

	 	Miscellaneous
	 	 	4	 
	 
	8.

	 	Governing Law
	 	 	4	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 1

	 	Conditions Precedent
	 	 	5	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 2

	 	Restated Agreement
	 	 	8	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Signatures

	 	 	 	 	9	 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 19 November 2009 and made between:

	(1)	 	THE BORROWER (as defined in the Original Facility Agreement);
	 
	(2)	 	THE GUARANTOR (as defined in the Original Facility Agreement);
	 
	(3)	 	VALIDUS REINSURANCE, LTD (the “Security Provider”);
	 
	(4)	 	ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH and LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as continuing lenders (the
“Continuing Lenders”) and CALYON as exiting lender (the “Exiting Lender” and together with the
Continuing Lenders, the “Lenders”);
	 
	(5)	 	ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH and LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC (whether acting individually or
together, the “Arranger”);
	 
	(6)	 	LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as agent of the other Finance Parties other than the Security
Trustee (the “Agent”); and
	 
	(7)	 	LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as security trustee for the Secured Parties (the “Security
Trustee”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

	1.	 	DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	 
	1.1	 	Definitions
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement:
	 
	 	 	“Agency Fee Letter” means the agency fee letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement
between the Borrower and the Agent, setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 6
(Fees, costs and expenses).
	 
	 	 	“Effective Date” means the date on which the Agent confirms to the Lenders and the Borrower
that it has received each of the documents listed in Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent) in a
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
	 
	 	 	“Letter of Comfort” means a comfort letter from Lloyd’s substantially in the form set out in
Schedule 8 (Letter of Comfort) of the Original Facility Agreement with such amendments as
may be requested by the Agent.
	 
	 	 	“Original Facility Agreement” means the $100,000,000 standby letter of credit facility
agreement dated 28 November 2007 between, the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Agent, the
Arranger, the Security Trustee and others.
	 
	 	 	“Participation Fee Letter” means the participation fee letter dated on or about the date of
this Agreement between the Borrower and the Arranger, setting out any of the fees referred
to in Clause 6 (Fees, costs and expenses).
	 
	 	 	“Restated Agreement” means the Original Facility Agreement, as amended by this Agreement,
the terms of which are set out in Schedule 2 (Restated Agreement).

- 1 -

 

	 	 	“Structuring Fee Letter” means the structuring fee letter dated on or about the date of this
Agreement between the Borrower and Lloyds TSB Bank plc in its capacity as Arranger, setting
out any of the fees referred to in Clause 6 (Fees, costs and expenses).
	 
	1.2	 	Incorporation of defined terms

	 	(a)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears, a term defined in the Original Facility
Agreement has the same meaning in this Agreement.
	 
	 	(b)	 	The principles of construction set out in the Original Facility Agreement shall
have effect as if set out in this Agreement.

	1.3	 	Clauses
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement any reference to a “Clause” or a “Schedule” is, unless the context
otherwise requires, a reference to a Clause or a Schedule to this Agreement.
	 
	1.4	 	Third party rights
	 
	 	 	A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights
of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
	 
	1.5	 	Designation
	 
	 	 	In accordance with the Original Facility Agreement, each of the Borrower and the Agent
designates this Agreement as a Finance Document.
	 
	2.	 	AMENDMENT
	 
	 	 	With effect from the Effective Date, the Original Facility Agreement shall be amended
and restated so that:

	 	(a)	 	it shall be read and construed for all purposes as set out in Schedule 2
(Restated Agreement); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	each Continuing Lender’s Commitment shall be reduced to the respective amount
set out in the column opposite its name in Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders) of the
Restated Agreement and the Exiting Lender’s Commitment shall be reduced to zero
whereupon it shall cease to be a Lender.

	3.	 	REPRESENTATIONS

	 
	 	 	The Representations (as set out in the Original Facility Agreement) are deemed to be
made by each Obligor (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on the date
of this Agreement and the Representations (as set out in the Restated Agreement) are deemed
to be made by each Obligor (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on
the Effective Date.

	 
	4.	 	CONTINUITY AND FURTHER ASSURANCE
	 
	4.1	 	Continuing obligations

	 
	 	 	
The provisions of the Original Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents
shall, save as amended by this Agreement, continue in full force and effect.
	 
	4.2	 	Confirmation of guarantees and security

	 	(a)	 	The Guarantor confirms for the benefit of the Finance Parties that:

- 2 -

 

	 	(i)	 	its guarantee to each Finance Party of the punctual performance by
each other Obligor of all of that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance
Documents and its indemnity to the Finance Parties each as set out in Clause
19 (Guarantee and Indemnity) of the Original Facility Agreement; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Security created by it under each Security Document to which it
is a party,

	 	 	 	shall remain in full force and effect and will continue to secure all obligations
expressed to be secured thereunder, notwithstanding the amendments to the Original
Facility Agreement effected by this Agreement.
	 
	 	(b)	 	The Security Provider confirms for the benefit of the Finance Parties that the
Security created by it under each Security Document to which it is a party shall remain
in full force and effect and will continue to secure all obligations expressed to be
secured thereunder, notwithstanding the amendments to the Original Facility Agreement
effected by this Agreement.

	5.	 	CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT
	 
	5.1	 	Letter of Comfort

The Borrower:

	 	(a)	 	shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain a Letter of Comfort from Lloyd’s
and deliver such Letter of Comfort to the Agent on or prior to the Effective Date; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	shall, notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, procure that a Letter of Comfort
is issued by Lloyd’s and delivered to the Agent no later than the date falling 15
Business Days after the Effective Date or such later date as may be agreed by the
Agent.

	6.	 	FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES
	 
	6.1	 	Structuring Fee

The Borrower shall pay to Lloyds TSB Bank plc in its capacity as Arranger, the
structuring fees specified in the Structuring Fee Letter between Lloyds TSB Bank plc in its
capacity as Arranger and the Borrower at the times, and in the amounts, specified in such
letter.
	 
	6.2	 	Participation Fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Arranger, the participation fees specified in the
Participation Fee Letter between the Arranger and the Borrower at the times, and in the
amounts, specified in such letter.
	 
	6.3	 	Agency Fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its own account, the agency fees payable in
accordance with Clause 16.4 (Agency Fees) of the Restated Agreement.

- 3 -

 

	6.4	 	Transaction expenses

The Borrower shall promptly, within five Business Days of demand, pay the Agent, the
Arranger and the Security Trustee the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but not
limited to, legal fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by any of them (and, in the
case of the Security Trustee, by any Receiver or Delegate) in connection with the
negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of this Agreement and any other documents
referred to in this Agreement.
	 
	7.	 	MISCELLANEOUS
	 
	7.1	 	Incorporation of terms

The provisions of Clause 34 (Notices), Clause 36 (Partial Invalidity), Clause 37
(Remedies and waivers) and Clause 42 (Enforcement) of the Original Facility Agreement shall
be incorporated into this Agreement as if set out in full in this Agreement and as if
references in those clauses to “this Agreement” or “the Finance Documents” are references to
this Agreement.
	 
	7.2	 	Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same
effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.
	 
	8.	 	GOVERNING LAW
	 
	 	 	This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with
it are governed by English law.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

- 4 -

 

SCHEDULE 1

Conditions Precedent

	1.	 	Corporate Documents

	 	(a)	 	A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor and each other member
of the Group that is party to this Agreement or a certificate from a director or
officer of the Guarantor confirming that its constitutional documents and
those of the other Obligors delivered to the Agent in connection with the Original
Facility Agreement have not been amended and remain correct, complete and in full force
and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
	 
	 	(b)	 	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor and each
other member of the Group that is party to this Agreement:

	 	(i)	 	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this
Agreement and resolving that it execute this Agreement;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement
on its behalf; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign
and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any
Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in
connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

	 	(c)	 	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution
referred to in paragraph (b) above.
	 
	 	(d)	 	A certificate of the Guarantor (signed by a director or officer of
the Guarantor) confirming that neither the execution, delivery and performance by the
Guarantor or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that is party to this Agreement of
this Agreement nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof, nor the
consummation of the transactions contemplated therein:

	 	(i)	 	will contravene any applicable provision of any law, statute, rule,
regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental
instrumentality;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	will conflict or be inconsistent with or result in any breach of any
of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default
under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create
or impose) any Lien (other than Liens in favour of the Security Trustee
pursuant to the Security Documents) upon any of its property or assets or
those of any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any
material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, credit agreement
or any other material instrument to which it or any of its

- 5 -

 

	 	 	 	Significant Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets are
bound or to which it may be subject; or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	will violate any provision of its certificate of incorporation,
by-laws or other organisational documents, nor those of its Significant
Subsidiaries.

	 	(e)	 	A copy of a resolution of the Guarantor in its capacity as holder of the
outstanding shares of the Security Provider, approving the terms of, and the
transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.
	 
	 	(f)	 	A certificate of the Guarantor (signed by a director or officer of
the Guarantor) certifying that each copy document delivered to the Agent pursuant to
paragraphs 1(a), 1(b), 1(e) and 3(c) of this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in
full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

	2.	 	Legal opinions

	 	(a)	 	A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger and the
Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing
this Agreement.
	 
	 	(b)	 	A legal opinion of Conyers, Dill & Pearman, legal advisers to the Arranger and
the Agent in Bermuda, substantially in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to
signing this Agreement.

	3.	 	Other documents and evidence

	 	(a)	 	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance
which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower
accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions
contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any
Finance Document.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Evidence that all actual or contingent liabilities under each Letter of Credit
issued under the Original Facility Agreement have been or will be irrevocably
discharged and released and that each such Letter of Credit has been cancelled and
returned to the Agent no later than the Effective Date.
	 
	 	(c)	 	The unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for its
financial year ended 31 December 2008.
	 
	 	(d)	 	The audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor for its
financial year ended 31 December 2008.
	 
	 	(e)	 	The executed Structuring Fee Letter, Participation Fee Letter and Agency Fee
Letter and evidence that all fees, costs and expenses payable pursuant to those letters
and pursuant to Clause 6 (Fees, costs and expenses) have been or will be paid.
	 
	 	(f)	 	A statement provided by the Bank of New York in relation to the value of the
collateral in the Collateral Accounts as of the date of this Agreement.

- 6 -

 

	 	(g)	 	Evidence that the Security Provider has an A.M. Best financial strength rating
of at least “A-”.
	 
	 	(h)	 	The Business Plan.

- 7 -

 

SCHEDULE 2

Restated Agreement

			
	
	 	

DATED 28 NOVEMBER 2007

TALBOT HOLDINGS LTD.

AS BORROWER

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

AS GUARANTOR

LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC

AND

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH

AS MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH

AS STRUCTURING AGENT

LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC

AS AGENT

AND

LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC

AS SECURITY TRUSTEE

 

$25,000,000 STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

 

 

CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Clause	 	 	 	Page	 
	1.
	 	Definitions And Interpretation	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	2.
	 	The Facility	 	 	25	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	3.
	 	Utilisation Of The Facility	 	 	27	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	4.
	 	Letter Of Credit Commission	 	 	31	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	5.
	 	Market Disruption And Alternative Interest Rates	 	 	31	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	6.
	 	Notification	 	 	32	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	7.
	 	Borrower’s Indemnity To The Lenders	 	 	33	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	8.
	 	Prepayment And Cancellation	 	 	35	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	9.
	 	Collateralisation Of Letters Of Credit	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	10.
	 	Commitment Increase Request	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	11.
	 	Tax Gross Up And Indemnities	 	 	40	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	12.
	 	Increased Costs	 	 	43	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	13.
	 	Illegality	 	 	45	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	14.
	 	Other Indemnities	 	 	45	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	15.
	 	Mitigation	 	 	47	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	16.
	 	Commitment Commission And Fees	 	 	48	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	17.
	 	Costs And Expenses	 	 	49	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	18.
	 	Default Interest And Break Costs	 	 	50	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	19.
	 	Guarantee And Indemnity	 	 	52	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	20.
	 	Representations	 	 	55	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	21.
	 	Information Undertakings	 	 	63	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	22.
	 	Financial Condition	 	 	67	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	23.
	 	General Undertakings	 	 	70	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	24.
	 	Events Of Default	 	 	83	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	25.
	 	Changes To The Lenders	 	 	88	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	26.
	 	Changes To The Obligors	 	 	92	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	27.
	 	Role Of The Agent And The Arranger	 	 	93	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	28.
	 	Role Of Security Trustee	 	 	98	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	29.
	 	Conduct Of Business By The Finance Parties	 	 	106	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	30.
	 	Sharing Among The Finance Parties	 	 	106	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	31.
	 	Payment Mechanics	 	 	109	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	32.
	 	Set-Off	 	 	112	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Clause	 	 	 	Page	   
	33.
	 	Application Of Proceeds	 	 	112	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	34.
	 	Notices	 	 	113	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	35.
	 	Calculations And Certificates	 	 	116	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	36.
	 	Partial Invalidity	 	 	116	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	37.
	 	Remedies And Waivers	 	 	117	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	38.
	 	Counterparts	 	 	117	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	39.
	 	Amendments And Waivers	 	 	117	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	40.
	 	Counterparts	 	 	118	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	41.
	 	Governing Law	 	 	119	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	42.
	 	Enforcement	 	 	119	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	43.
	 	Confidentiality	 	 	119	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 1 The Original Lenders
	 	 	121	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent
	 	 	122	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 3 Form Of Utilisation Request
	 	 	125	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 4 Form Of Transfer Certificate
	 	 	126	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 5 Form Of Credit Institution Confirmation
	 	 	129	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 6 Form Of Letter Of Credit
	 	 	130	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 7 Mandatory Costs Rate
	 	 	135	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 8 Letter Of Comfort
	 	 	138	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 9 Eligible Collateral Table
	 	 	139	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 10 Form Of Borrowing Base Certificate
	 	 	140	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 11 Existing Liens
	 	 	142	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 12 Existing Intercompany Arrangements And Agreements
	 	 	143	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 13 Permitted Subsidiary Indebtedness
	 	 	144	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 14 Subsidiaries
	 	 	145	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 15 Existing Affiliate Transactions
	 	 	147	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Schedule 16 Additional Lender Accession Letter
	 	 	148	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Signatures
	 	 	150	 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 28 November 2007

BETWEEN

	(1)	 	TALBOT HOLDINGS LTD. (the “Borrower”);
	 
	(2)	 	VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD. (the “Guarantor”);
	 
	(3)	 	ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH and LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as mandated lead arranger(s) (whether
acting individually or together, the “Arranger”);
	 
	(4)	 	ING BANK N.V. as structuring agent (the “Structuring Agent”);
	 
	(5)	 	LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as agent of the other Finance Parties other than the Security Trustee
(the “Agent”);
	 
	(6)	 	LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as Security Trustee for the Secured Parties (the “Security Trustee”); and
	 
	(7)	 	THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders) as lenders (the
“Original Lenders”).

WHEREAS:

In support of the obligations of the Borrower under the Borrower’s 2010 and 2011 underwriting
years’ letter of credit facility procurement agreements and capital stack arrangements with Talbot
2002 Underwriting Capital Ltd., Validus Holdings, Ltd., as Guarantor, and Talbot Holdings Ltd., as
Borrower, enter into this Agreement.

ACCORDINGLY, IT IS AGREED as follows.

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

	1.	 	DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	 
	1.1	 	Definitions
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement:
	 
	 	 	“Accepting Parties” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 10.6 (Partial approval of
Commitment Increase Request).
	 
	 	 	“Account Party” means Talbot 2002 Underwriting Capital Ltd.
	 
	 	 	“Additional Lender” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 10.4 (Decline of
Commitment Increase Request).
	 
	 	 	“Additional Lender Accession Letter” means an additional lender accession letter from an
Additional Lender to the Agent substantially in the form set out in Schedule 16 (Additional
Lender Accession Letter).
	 
	 	 	“Advance Rate” means, for any category of Cash or obligation or investment specified in
Schedule 9 (Eligible Collateral Table) in the column entitled “Cash and Eligible

- 1 -

 

	 	 	Securities” in the Eligible Collateral Table (other than Cash, the “Eligible Securities”),
the percentage set forth opposite such category of Cash or Eligible Securities in the column
entitled “Advance Rate” of the Eligible Collateral Table and, in each case, subject to the
original term to maturity criteria set forth therein.
	 
	 	 	“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under
common Control with the person specified.
	 
	 	 	“Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange” means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of
the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or
about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.
	 
	 	 	“A.M. Best” means A.M. Best Company and its successors.
	 
	 	 	“Amendment Agreement” means the amendment and restatement agreement dated 19 November 2009
between the Parties relating to this Agreement.
	 
	 	 	“Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority” means, when used with respect to any Regulated
Insurance Company:

	 	(a)	 	the insurance department or similar administrative authority or agency located
in each state or jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) in which such Regulated Insurance
Company is domiciled; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	to the extent asserting regulatory jurisdiction over such Regulated Insurance
Company, the insurance department, authority or agency in each state or jurisdiction
(foreign or domestic) in which such Regulated Insurance Company is licensed,

	 	 	and shall include any federal or national insurance regulatory department, authority or
agency that may be created and that asserts insurance regulatory jurisdiction over such
Regulated Insurance Company.
	 
	 	 	“Approved Credit Institution” means a credit institution within the meaning of the First
Council Directive on the co-ordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions
relating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions (No.
77/780/EEC) which has been approved by the Council of Lloyd’s for the purpose of providing
guarantees and issuing or confirming letters of credit comprised (or to be comprised) in a
member’s Funds at Lloyd’s.
	 
	 	 	“Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, license, exemption,
filing or registration.
	 
	 	 	“Authorised Signatory” means, in relation to an Obligor, any person who is duly authorised
(in such manner as may be reasonably acceptable to the Agent) and in respect of whom the
Agent has received a certificate signed by a director or another Authorised Signatory of
such Obligor setting out the name and signature of such person and confirming such person’s
authority to act.

- 2 -

 

	 	 	“Availability Period” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending
on 31 December 2010.
	 
	 	 	“Available Commitment” means, in relation to a Lender at any time and save as otherwise
provided herein its Commitment less the Base Currency Amount of its share of the
Outstandings at such time provided that such amount shall not be less than zero.
	 
	 	 	“Available Facility” means, at any time, the aggregate of the Available Commitments
adjusted, in the case of a proposed utilisation, so as to take into account:

	 	(a)	 	any reduction in the Commitment of a Lender pursuant to the terms hereof;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Base Currency Amount of any Letter of Credit which pursuant to any other
utilisation, is to be issued; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Base Currency Amount of any Letter of Credit which is due to expire or
returned as cancelled,

	 	 	on or before the proposed Utilisation Date relating to such utilisation.
	 
	 	 	“Base Currency” means dollars.
	 
	 	 	“Base Currency Amount” means, in relation to a Letter of Credit, the amount specified in the
Utilisation Request for that Letter of Credit (or, if the amount requested is not
denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the
Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the
Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request).
	 
	 	 	“Bermuda Companies Law” means the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda as amended from time to time
including every modification, reenactment or revision thereof for the time being in force.
	 
	 	 	“Borrowing Base” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of Cash and Eligible Securities
held in the Collateral Accounts under the Security Agreement at such time multiplied in each
case by the respective Advance Rates for Cash and such Eligible Securities (the value of
Eligible Securities at any time being determined on the basis of the Borrowing Base Report
(as defined in the Security Agreement) then most recently prepared by the Special Report
Agent) provided that all Cash and Eligible Securities in respect of any Borrowing Base shall
only be included in such Borrowing Base to the extent the same are subject to a first
priority perfected security interest in favour of the Security Trustee pursuant to the
Security Documents.
	 
	 	 	“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a Borrowing Base Certificate substantially in the form
set out in Schedule 10 (Form of Borrowing Base Certificate) or in such other form reasonably
acceptable to the Agent.
	 
	 	 	“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are
open for business in both London and New York.

- 3 -

 

	 	 	“Business Plan” means the 2010 business plan of the Guarantor, a copy of which has been
provided to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 3(h) of Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent) of the
Amendment Agreement.
	 
	 	 	“Capital Lease Obligations” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial
Definitions).
	 
	 	 	“Capital Markets Product” means, as to any person, any security, commodity, derivative
transaction or other financial or similar product purchased, sold or entered into by such
person for the purpose of a third-party undertaking or assuming one or more risks otherwise
assumed by such person or entered into by such person for the purpose of managing one or
more risks otherwise assumed by such person or other agreements or arrangements entered into
by such person designed to transfer credit risk from one party to another, including:

	 	(a)	 	any structured insurance product, catastrophe bond, rate swap transaction, swap
option, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option,
commodity hedge, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond
option, interest rate option or hedge, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction,
floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate
swap transaction, currency option or swap transaction, credit protection transaction,
credit swap, credit default swap (including single default, single-name, basket and
first-to-default swaps), credit default option, equity default swap, total return swap,
credit-linked notes, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse
repurchase transaction, buy/sellback transaction, securities lending transaction,
weather index transaction, emissions allowance transaction, or forward purchase or sale
of a security, commodity or other financial instrument or interest (including any
option with respect to any of these transactions);
	 
	 	(b)	 	any transaction which is a type of transaction that is similar to any
transaction referred to in paragraph (a) above that is currently, or in the future
becomes, recurrently entered into in the financial markets;
	 
	 	(c)	 	any combination of the transactions referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b)
above; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	any master agreement relating to any of the transactions referred to in
paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above.

	 	 	“Cash” means the category of “Cash” described in the definition of Advance Rate.
	 
	 	 	“Cash Equivalents” means, as to any person:

	 	(a)	 	securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the US or any
agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the US is
pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date
of acquisition;

- 4 -

 

	 	(b)	 	time deposits and certificates of deposit of any commercial bank having, or
which is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organised under the
laws of the US, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any foreign jurisdiction
having, capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $200,000,000,
with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such person;
	 
	 	(c)	 	repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying
securities of the types described in paragraph (a) above entered into with any bank
meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (b) above;
	 
	 	(d)	 	commercial paper rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or P-1 or
the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and in each case maturing not more than one year
after the date of acquisition by such person;
	 
	 	(e)	 	obligations of obligors organised outside the US (including sovereign nations),
which obligations are correlative in type, maturity and rating as those set forth in
paragraphs (a) through (d) above; and
	 
	 	(f)	 	investments in “money market funds” within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the
Investment Company Act of 1940 of the US, as amended, substantially all of whose assets
are comprised of securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) through (e) above.

	 	 	“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions:

	 	(a)	 	the Borrower or Validus Reinsurance, Ltd. cease to be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary
of the Guarantor;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any person, including any syndicate or group deemed to be a person under
Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, acquires
beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other
acquisition transaction or series of transactions, of shares of capital stock of the
Guarantor entitling such person to exercise 50% or more of the total voting power of
all shares of capital stock of the Guarantor that is entitled to vote generally in
elections of directors, other than an acquisition by the Guarantor, any of its
subsidiaries or any employee benefit plans of the Guarantor; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	a majority of the members of the Guarantor’s board of directors are persons who
are then serving on the board of directors without having been nominated or otherwise
approved in writing by at least a majority of the individuals who constituted the board
of directors of the Guarantor as of the date hereof (or their replacements as herein
required)

	 	 	“Charged Property” means all the assets of any member of the Group which from time to time
are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.
	 
	 	 	“Closing Date” means the Effective Date (as defined in the Amendment Agreement).
	 
	 	 	“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

- 5 -

 

	 	 	“Collateral” means, in relation to any Lender’s Proportion of a Letter of Credit, a deposit
in the Collateral Accounts and the term “Collateralised” shall be construed accordingly.
	 
	 	 	“Collateral Accounts” has the meaning set forth in the Control Agreement.
	 
	 	 	“Commitment” means:

	 	(a)	 	in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite
its name under the heading “Commitment” in Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any
Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

	 	 	together with any increase in such Commitment effected in accordance with Clause 10
(Commitment Increase Request), to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it
under this Agreement.
	 
	 	 	“Commitment Increase Fee” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 10.2 (Commitment
Increase Fee).
	 
	 	 	“Commitment Increase Request” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 10.1.1.
	 
	 	 	“Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a
recommended form of the Loan Market Association from time to time, or such other form as may
be agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.
	 
	 	 	“Consolidated Indebtedness” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial
Definitions).
	 
	 	 	“Consolidated Net Worth” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial
Definitions).
	 
	 	 	“Consolidated Total Capital” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial
Definitions).
	 
	 	 	“Control” means, with respect to any person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power:

	 	(a)	 	to vote 10% or more of the voting power of the securities having ordinary
voting power for the election of directors of such person; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person,
whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise,

	 	 	and “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
	 
	 	 	“Control Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.
	 
	 	 	“Corporate Member” means the Account Party, being a corporate member of Lloyd’s.

- 6 -

 

	 	 	“Credit Institution Confirmation” means the confirmation in form and substance satisfactory
to Lloyd’s and substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Credit Institution
Confirmation).
	 
	 	 	“Custodian” means custodian under the Control Agreement and the Security Agreement.
	 
	 	 	“Declined Amount” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 10.4 (Decline of Commitment
Increase Request).
	 
	 	 	“Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon
notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
	 
	 	 	“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that has:

	 	(a)	 	failed to fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit within
three (3) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder;
	 
	 	(b)	 	notified the Borrower or the Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply
with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement
to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this
Agreement or under other agreements generally in which it commits to extend credit; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	(i) become or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is
insolvent or (ii) become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has
had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of
creditors or similar person charged with reorganisation or liquidation of its business
or custodian, appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or
indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or
appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or
insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator,
assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar person charged with reorganisation or
liquidation of its business or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in
furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such
proceeding or appointment.

	 	 	“Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-Security Trustee appointed by the
Security Trustee.
	 
	 	 	“Disruption Event” means either or both of:

	 	(a)	 	a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those
financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to
be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions
contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused
by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

- 7 -

 

	 	(b)	 	the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical
or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing
that, or any other Party:

	 	(i)	 	from performing its payment obligations under the Finance
Documents; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the
terms of the Finance Documents,

	 	 	 	(and which (in either such case)) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of,
the Party whose operations are disrupted.

	 	 	“DTC” means the Depository Trust Company.
	 
	 	 	“Eligible Collateral Table” means the table set out in Schedule 9 (Eligible Collateral
Table).
	 
	 	 	“Eligible Investment Grade Securities” means the following categories of Eligible Securities
in the column entitled “Advance Rate” of the Eligible Collateral Table:

	 	(a)	 	Investment Grade Municipal Bonds; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	Investment Grade Non-Convertible U.S. Corporate Bonds.

	 	 	“Eligible Securities” has the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Advance Rate”.
	 
	 	 	“Environmental Law” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees,
judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by
any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or
reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any
Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.
	 
	 	 	“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any
liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities),
of the Guarantor or any subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon:

	 	(a)	 	its violation of any Environmental Law;
	 
	 	(b)	 	its generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal
of any Hazardous Materials;
	 
	 	(c)	 	its exposure to any Hazardous Materials;
	 
	 	(d)	 	its release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the
environment; or
	 
	 	(e)	 	any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which
liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing,

- 8 -

 

	 	 	but in each of (a) through (e) excluding liabilities arising out of Capital Markets Products
and insurance and reinsurance contracts, agreements and arrangements in each case entered
into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes.
	 
	 	 	“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any person, shares of capital stock of (or other
ownership or profit interests in) such person, warrants, options or other rights for the
purchase or other acquisition from such person of shares of capital stock of (or other
ownership or profit interests in) such person, securities convertible into or exchangeable
for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such person or
warrants, rights or options for the purchase or other acquisition from such person of such
shares (or such other interests), and other ownership or profit interests in such person
(including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and
whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are authorised or
otherwise existing on any date of determination.
	 
	 	 	“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 of the US, as amended from
time to time and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.
	 
	 	 	“ERISA Affiliate” means any corporation or trade or business which is a member of the same
controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) as the
Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries or is under common control (within the meaning of
Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries.
	 
	 	 	“Event of Default” means any circumstance described as such in Clause 24 (Events of
Default) other than Clause 24.14 (Acceleration and Cancellation).
	 
	 	 	“Existing Affiliate Transactions” means the transactions set forth on Schedule 15 (Existing
Affiliate Transactions).
	 
	 	 	“Existing Facility” means the $30,000,000 standby letter of credit facility dated 25
November 2003 (as amended and restated by amendment and restatement agreements dated 23
November 2004, 25 November 2005, 2 March 2006 and 29 November 2006 and an amendment letter
dated 28 June 2007) and entered into between the Borrower as parent, the Account Party and
Talbot Underwriting Holdings Ltd as guarantors and Lloyds TSB Bank plc as bank.
	 
	 	 	“Expiry Date” means, in relation to any Letter of Credit, the date on which the maximum
aggregate liability thereunder is to be reduced to zero.
	 
	 	 	“Facility” means the letter of credit facility granted to the Borrower in this Agreement.
	 
	 	 	“Facility Office” means, in relation to the Agent, the office identified with its signature
below or such other office as it may select by notice and, in relation to any Lender, the
office notified by it to the Agent in writing prior to the date hereof (or, in the case of a
Transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate to which it is a party as Transferee) or
such other office as it may from time to time select by notice to the Agent.
	 
	 	 	“Fee Letter” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement
between the Borrower and the Arrangers (or the Agent and the Borrower, the Security

- 9 -

 

	 	 	Trustee and the Borrower or the Structuring Agent and the Borrower), setting out any of the
fees referred to in Clause 16 (Commitment Commission and fees).
	 
	 	 	“Finance Documents” means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Security Documents and any
other document designated in writing as a “Finance Document” by the Agent and the Borrower.
	 
	 	 	“Finance Parties” means the Agent, the Structuring Agent, the Security Trustee, the
Arrangers and the Lenders.
	 
	 	 	“Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer,
treasurer or controller of the Borrower or the Guarantor.
	 
	 	 	“Five-Year Secured Letter of Credit Facility” means the $500,000,000 five-year secured
letter of credit facility dated 12 March 2007 between Validus Holdings, Ltd., Validus
Reinsurance, Ltd., JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and
others, including the related instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith,
and amendments, renewals, replacements, refinancings and restatements to any of the
foregoing.
	 
	 	 	“Foreign Pension Plan” means any plan, fund (including any superannuation fund) or other
similar program established or maintained outside the US by the Guarantor or any one or more
of its subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees of the Guarantor or such
subsidiaries residing outside the US, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or
results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or
payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA
or the Code.
	 
	 	 	“Fronting Arrangement” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial
Definitions).
	 
	 	 	“FSA Handbook” means the UK Financial Services Authority Handbook of Rules and Guidance (as
amended from time to time).
	 
	 	 	“Funds at Lloyd’s” has the meaning given to it in paragraphs 16 and 17 of the Membership
Byelaw (No. 5 of 2005).
	 
	 	 	“GAAP” means US GAAP, or, in relation to subsidiaries of the Guarantor which are
incorporated in England and Wales, UK GAAP.
	 
	 	 	“General Prudential Sourcebook” means the General Prudential Sourcebook for Banks, Building
Societies, Insurers and Investment Firms (as amended and replaced from time to time), which
forms part of the FSA Handbook.
	 
	 	 	“Governmental Authority” means the government of the US, any other nation or any political
subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality,
regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to
government.
	 
	 	 	“Group” means the Guarantor and its subsidiaries for the time being.

- 10 -

 

	 	 	“Guarantee” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial Definitions).
	 
	 	 	“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all
hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum
distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon
gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated
pursuant to any Environmental Law.
	 
	 	 	“Hybrid Capital” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial Definitions).
	 
	 	 	“Increase Date” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 10.7 (Increase Date).
	 
	 	 	“Indebtedness” of any person means, without duplication:

	 	(a)	 	all obligations of such person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits
or advances of any kind;
	 
	 	(b)	 	all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar
instruments;
	 
	 	(c)	 	all obligations of such person upon which interest charges are customarily paid
and treated as interest expense under GAAP;
	 
	 	(d)	 	all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention
agreements relating to property acquired by such person;
	 
	 	(e)	 	all obligations of such person in respect of the deferred purchase price of
property or services (excluding current ordinary course trade accounts payable);
	 
	 	(f)	 	all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such
Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien
on property owned or acquired by such person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured
thereby has been assumed, provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such person shall
be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such property at such date of
determination (determined in good faith by the Guarantor) and (ii) the amount of such
Indebtedness of such other person;
	 
	 	(g)	 	all Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness of others;
	 
	 	(h)	 	all Capital Lease Obligations of such person;
	 
	 	(i)	 	all obligations (or to the extent netting is permitted under the applicable
agreement governing such Capital Markets Products and such netting is limited with
respect to the counterparty or counterparties of such agreement, all net termination
obligations) of such person under transactions in Capital Markets Products; and
	 
	 	(j)	 	all reimbursement obligations of such person in respect of letters of credit,
letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions; provided
that, Indebtedness shall not include any preferred (including without

- 11 -

 

	 	 	 	limitation trust preferred) or preference securities or Hybrid Capital to the
extent such preferred or preference securities or Hybrid Capital would be treated
as equity under the applicable procedures and guidelines of S&P as of the date of
this Agreement.

	 	 	The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including
any partnership in which such person is a general partner) to the extent such person is
liable therefor as a result of such person’s ownership interest in or other relationship
with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such
person is not liable therefor. For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness shall not include
(v) current trade payables (including current payables under insurance contracts and current
reinsurance payables) and accrued expenses, in each case arising in the ordinary course of
business, (w) obligations and Guarantees of Regulated Insurance Companies with respect to
Policies, (x) obligations and Guarantees with respect to products underwritten by Regulated
Insurance Companies in the ordinary course of business, including insurance and reinsurance
policies, annuities, performance and surety bonds, assumptions of liabilities and any
related contingent obligations, (y) Reinsurance Agreements and Fronting Arrangements and
Guarantees thereof entered into by any Regulated Insurance Company in the ordinary course of
business and (z) indebtedness arising under any Syndicate Arrangement.
	 
	 	 	“Insurance Business” means one or more aspects of the business of selling, issuing or
underwriting insurance or reinsurance and other businesses reasonably related thereto.
	 
	 	 	“Insurance Contract” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial
Definitions).
	 
	 	 	“Insurance License” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 20.15 (Insurance
Licenses).
	 
	 	 	“Integrated Prudential Sourcebook” means the Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers (as amended
and replaced from time to time), which forms part of the FSA Handbook.
	 
	 	 	“Interest Period” means, save as otherwise provided herein, in relation to an Unpaid Sum,
any of those periods mentioned in Clause 18.1 (Default Interest Periods).
	 
	 	 	“IPC” means IPC Holdings, Ltd., a company previously organised under the laws of Bermuda and
now known as Validus Amalgamation Subsidiary, Ltd. (a company also organised under the laws
of Bermuda and previously known as Validus, Ltd.), being the amalgamated company resulting
from the amalgamation of IPC Holdings, Ltd. with Validus, Ltd., such amalgamation being
effective as at 4 September 2009.
	 
	 	 	“IPC Facilities” means:

	 	(a)	 	the credit agreement among IPC, IPCRe Limited, the lenders listed on the
signature pages thereto, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative
agent and fronting bank, providing for letter of credit in an aggregate amount of up to
$250 million at any time outstanding, and any modification, amendments, restatements,
waivers, extensions, renewals, replacement or refinancing thereof; and

- 12 -

 

	 	(b)	 	the letter of credit master agreement between IPCRe Limited and Citibank N.A.,
providing for letters of credit and any modifications, amendments, restatements,
waivers, extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancing thereof,

	 	 	provided that any such modifications, amendments, waivers, extensions, renewals,
replacements or refinancing be on terms which, when taken together as a whole, are not
adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Lenders, as compared to those
contained in each of the IPC Facilities as of the date hereof.
	 
	 	 	“IPCRe Limited” means IPCRe Limited, a company organised under the laws of Bermuda.
	 
	 	 	“Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures” has the meaning given to such term in Clause
22.2 (Financial Definitions).
	 
	 	 	“L/C Commission Rate” means:

	 	(a)	 	for any period in which all or any part of Borrowing Base consists of Eligible
Investment Grade Securities, 0.50 per cent. per annum.; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	at any other time, 0.40 per cent. per annum.

	 	 	“Legal Requirements” means all applicable laws, rules and regulations and interpretations
thereof made by any governmental body or regulatory authority (including any Applicable
Insurance Regulatory Authority) having jurisdiction over any member of the Group.
	 
	 	 	“Legal Reservations” means:

	 	(a)	 	the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the
discretion of a court and the limitations imposed by laws relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and
other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors or (as the case may be) secured
creditors;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the time barring of claims, the possibility that an undertaking to assume
liability for or to indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void
and defences of set-off or counterclaim;
	 
	 	(c)	 	similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any other
jurisdiction; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to
matters of law of general application in the legal opinions delivered to any of the
Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents.

	 	 	“Lender” means any financial institution:

	 	(a)	 	named in Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders); or
	 
	 	(b)	 	which has become a party hereto in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the
Lenders),

- 13 -

 

and which has not ceased to be a party hereto in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Lender’s Proportion” means, in relation to a Letter of Credit, the proportion which that
Lender’s participation in that Letter of Credit bears to the participation of all the
Lenders, determined in accordance with Clause  3.4 (Each Lender’s Participation in Letters
of Credit).

“Letter of Comfort” means a comfort letter from Lloyd’s substantially in the form set out in
Schedule 8 (Letter of Comfort) or with such amendments as may be requested by the Borrower
and/or Lloyd’s and reasonably approved by the Agent.

“Letter of Credit” means a letter of credit issued or to be issued pursuant to Clause  3
(Utilisation of the Facility) substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of
Letter of Credit) or in such other form requested by the Borrower which is approved by the
Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

“Leverage Ratio” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial Definitions).

“LIBOR” means, in relation to any Unpaid Sum on which interest for a given period is to
accrue:

	 	(a)	 	the percentage rate per annum equal to the offered quotation which appears on
the appropriate page of the Reuters screen which displays the British Bankers
Association Interest Settlement Rate for the relevant currency for such period; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	if such page or such service shall cease to be available, the arithmetic mean
of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its
request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London Interbank market

at 11.00 a.m. on the Quotation Date for such period.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset:

	 	(a)	 	any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge
or security interest in, on or of such asset;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement,
capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially
the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a
third party with respect to such securities.

“Lloyd’s” means the society incorporated by Lloyd’s Act 1871 by the name of Lloyd’s.

“Lloyd’s Trust Deed” means a trust deed in the form prescribed by Lloyd’s for execution by a
member, or any other member of the Group which provides Own FAL on behalf of a member, in
respect of that member’s insurance business.

- 14 -

 

“Lloyd’s Trust Fund” means a fund held on the terms of a Lloyd’s Trust Deed.

“Majority Lenders” means, save as otherwise provided herein a Lender or Lenders whose
Commitments amount (or, if each Lender’s Commitment has been reduced to zero, did
immediately before such reduction to zero, amount) in aggregate to more than 50 per cent. of
the Total Commitments provided that:

	 	(a)	 	so long as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Commitments of such Lender
shall not be included in determining whether the Majority Lenders have taken or may
take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to
Clause 38 (Amendments and Waivers)); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or
each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender differently than other
affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

“Managed Syndicate” means Syndicate 1183 at Lloyd’s, which is currently under the management
of the Managing Agent.

“Managing Agent” means Talbot Underwriting Ltd.

“Mandatory Costs Rate” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in
accordance with Schedule 7 (Mandatory Costs Rate).

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on:

	 	(a)	 	the business, operations, assets, liabilities or financial condition of the
Group taken as a whole;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the ability of the Obligors or any other member of the Group that is party to
any Finance Document to perform their material or payment obligations under the Finance
Documents; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	the validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents or the rights or
remedies of any Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

“Minimum Consolidated Net Worth Amount” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2
(Financial Definitions).

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA,
which is maintained or contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation to contribute
of) the Guarantor, or any ERISA Affiliate, and each such plan for the five year period
immediately following the latest date on which the Guarantor or such ERISA Affiliate
contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

“NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.

“Net Income” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial Definitions).

- 15 -

 

“Net Worth” means, as to any person, the sum of its capital stock (including its preferred
stock), capital in excess of par or stated value of shares of its capital stock (including
its preferred stock), retained earnings and any other account which, in accordance with US
GAAP, constitutes stockholders equity, but excluding:

	 	(a)	 	any treasury stock; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the amount of the effects of Financial Accounting Statement No. 115 (which
amount is shown on the Guarantor’s 31 December 2006 balance sheet under the caption
“Accumulated other comprehensive income” and which, after adoption of Financial
Accounting Statements Nos. 157 and 159 will be measured as the difference between
investments carried at estimated fair value and investments carried at amortised cost).

“Notice of Non-Extension” means a notice of the kind referred to in Clause 3.7 (Notice of
Non-Extension in respect of Letters of Credit).

“Obligors” means the Borrower and the Guarantor.

“Optional Currency” means sterling.

“Original Financial Statements” means:

	 	(a)	 	in relation to the Borrower, its audited consolidated financial statements for
its financial year ended 31 December 2006; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in relation to the Guarantor, its audited consolidated financial statements for
its financial year ended 31 December 2006.

“Outstandings” means, at any time, the Base Currency Amount of the aggregate of the maximum
actual and contingent liabilities of the Lenders in respect of each outstanding Letter of
Credit.

“Own FAL” means, in relation to the Account Party, such part of its Funds at Lloyd’s as is
provided by the Account Party or any other member of the Group by way of Cash and/or
investments and/or covenant and charge or otherwise as permitted by Lloyd’s from time to
time (which shall be valued by Lloyd’s in accordance with Lloyd’s usual practice).

“Party” means a party to this Agreement.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and
any successor entity performing similar functions.

“Permitted Subsidiary Indebtedness” means:

	 	(a)	 	Indebtedness of any subsidiary of the Guarantor under the Finance Documents or
existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 13 (Permitted Subsidiary
Indebtedness) and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness,
provided that such extending, renewal or replacement Indebtedness:

- 16 -

 

	 	(i)	 	shall not be Indebtedness of an obligor that was not an
obligor with respect to the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or replaced;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	shall not be in a principal amount that exceeds the principal
amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or replaced (plus any
accrued but unpaid interest and redemption premium payable by the terms of
such Indebtedness thereon and reasonable refinancing or renewal expenses);
	 
	 	(iii)	 	shall not have an earlier maturity date or shorter weighted
average life than the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or replaced; and
	 
	 	(iv)	 	shall be subordinated to the obligations of the Guarantor in
respect of this Agreement on the same terms (if any) as the Indebtedness being
extended, renewed or replaced;

	 	(b)	 	Indebtedness of any subsidiary of the Guarantor incurred in the ordinary course
of business in connection with any Capital Markets Product that are not entered into
for speculative purposes;
	 
	 	(c)	 	Indebtedness owed by subsidiaries of the Guarantor to the Guarantor or any of
its subsidiaries;
	 
	 	(d)	 	Indebtedness of any subsidiary of the Guarantor incurred to finance the
acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including
Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed by any subsidiary of the
Guarantor in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on
any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, provided that:

	 	(i)	 	such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days
after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement;
and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by
this paragraph (d) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;

	 	(e)	 	Indebtedness of any subsidiary of the Guarantor in respect of letters of credit
issued to reinsurance cedents, or to lessors of real property in lieu of security
deposits in connection with leases of any subsidiary of the Guarantor, in each case in
the ordinary course of business;
	 
	 	(f)	 	Indebtedness of any subsidiary of the Guarantor incurred in the ordinary course
of business in connection with workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance
obligations, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or
benefits and pursuant to letters of credit or other security arrangements entered into
in connection with such insurance or benefit;
	 
	 	(g)	 	Indebtedness under the Five-Year Secured Letter of Credit Facility,
Indebtedness under the Three-Year Unsecured Letter of Credit Facility and Indebtedness
under the IPC Facilities;
	 
	 	(h)	 	Indebtedness arising under any Syndicate Arrangement;

- 17 -

 

	 	(i)	 	without duplication, additional Indebtedness of subsidiaries of the Guarantor
not otherwise permitted under paragraphs (a) through (h) of this definition which, when
added to the aggregate amount of all Liens (other than with respect to Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to this paragraph (i)) incurred by the Guarantor pursuant to
sub-clause 23.14.26 of Clause 23.14 (Liens), shall not exceed at any time outstanding
5 per cent. of Consolidated Net Worth at the time of incurrence of any new Indebtedness
under this paragraph (i); provided that immediately after giving effect (including pro
forma effect) to the incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this paragraph (i), no
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

“Plan” means any pension plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA and subject to Title IV of
ERISA, which is maintained or contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation to
contribute of) the Guarantor or any of its ERISA Affiliates, and each such plan for the five
year period immediately following the latest date on which the Guarantor or any of its ERISA
Affiliates maintained, contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

“Policies” means all insurance policies, annuity contracts, guaranteed interest contracts
and funding agreements (including riders to any such policies or contracts, certificates
issued with respect to group life insurance or annuity contracts and any contracts issued in
connection with retirement plans or arrangements) and assumption certificates issued or to
be issued (or filed pending current review by applicable Governmental Authorities) by any
Regulated Insurance Company and any coinsurance agreements entered into or to be entered
into by any Regulated Insurance Company.

“Preferred Securities” means any preferred Equity Interests (or capital stock) of any person
that has preferential rights with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation or
dissolution of such person over shares of common Equity Interests (or capital stock) of any
other class of such person.

“Private Act” means separate legislation enacted in Bermuda with the intention that such
legislation apply specifically to any Obligor, in whole or in part.

“Proportion” means, in relation to a Lender:

	 	(a)	 	the proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments (or, if the
Total Commitments are then zero, by its Commitment to the Total Commitments immediately
prior to their reduction to zero); and

	 	(b)	 	in respect of any Letter of Credit and save as otherwise provided herein, the
proportion (expressed as a percentage) borne by such Lender’s Available Commitment to
the Available Facility immediately prior to the issue of such Letter of Credit.

“Protected Cell Company” means any subsidiary of the Guarantor that has created segregated
accounts pursuant to the provisions of the Segregated Account Companies Act 2000 of Bermuda.

- 18 -

 

“Quotation Date” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be
determined hereunder:

	 	(a)	 	(if the currency is domestic sterling) the first day of that period; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	(for any other currency) two Business Days before the first day of that period,

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which
case the Quotation Date for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with
market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given
by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date
will be the last of those days).

“Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole
or any part of the Charged Property.

“Reference Banks” means the principal London offices of ING Bank N.V., London Branch and
Lloyds TSB Bank plc or such banks as may be appointed as such by the Agent after
consultation with the Borrower.

“Regulated Insurance Company” means any subsidiary of the Guarantor, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, that is authorised or admitted to carry on or transact Insurance
Business in any jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) and is regulated by any Applicable
Insurance Regulatory Authority.

“Reinsurance Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial
Definitions).

“Release Test Calculations” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 21.9 (Release Test
Calculations).

“Relevant Interbank Market” means the London interbank market.

“Repeated Representations” means each of the representations set out in Clause 20.1
(Corporate Status) to Clause 20.3 (No Contravention of Agreements or Organisational
Documents), Clause 20.9 (Tax Returns and Payments), Clause 20.15 (Insurance Licenses),
Clause 20.17 (Properties; Liens; and Insurance) to Clause 20.18 (Solvency) and Clause
20.19 (No Default).

“Representations” means each of the representations set out in Clause 20 (Representations).

“Requested Increase” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 10.1.1.

“Required Proportion” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 10.3 (Notification of
Commitment Increase Request).

“Retrocession Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.2 (Financial
Definitions).

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.

- 19 -

 

“SAP” means, with respect to any Regulated Insurance Company, the statutory accounting
principles and accounting procedures and practices prescribed or permitted by the Applicable
Insurance Regulatory Authority of the state or jurisdiction in which such Regulated
Insurance Company is domiciled.

“SEC” means the US Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

“Secured Obligations” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

“Secured Parties” means the Security Trustee, any Receiver or Delegate, the Agent, each
Lender and the Arranger from time to time party to this Agreement.

“Security Agreement” means the pledge and security agreement relating to the Collateral
dated on or about the date hereof between the Custodian, the Special Report Agent, the
Borrower, the Guarantor, the Grantors identified therein from time to time and the Security
Trustee.

“Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, the Control Agreement and any other
document designated in writing as such by the Borrower and the Security Trustee.

“Significant Subsidiary” means, at any time, each subsidiary of the Guarantor that, as of
such time, meets the definition of a “significant subsidiary” under Regulation S-X of the
SEC.

“Solvent” means, with respect to any person on a particular date, that on such date:

	 	(a)	 	the fair value of its assets exceeds the amount of its liabilities (in each
case, as would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	such person does not intend to incur debts beyond their ability to pay such
debts as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received
by such person, and of amounts to be payable on or in respect of debt of such person).

“Special Report Agent” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

“Super-Majority Lenders” means, save as otherwise provided herein a Lender or Lenders whose
Commitments amount (or, if each Lender’s Commitment has been reduced to zero, did
immediately before such reduction to zero, amount) in aggregate to 66 2/3 per cent. or more
of the Total Commitments provided that:

	 	(a)	 	so long as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Commitments of such Lender
shall not be included in determining whether the Super-Majority Lenders have taken or
may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver
pursuant to Clause 38 (Amendments and Waivers)); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or
each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender differently than other
affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

- 20 -

 

“Syndicate Arrangement” means an arrangement entered into by a managing agent at Lloyd’s on
behalf of the Account Party together with the other syndicate members with respect to
financing or reinsurance for the purposes of or in connection with the underwriting business
carried on by all such members of that syndicate.

“Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature
(including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any
delay in paying any of the same) imposed by any Governmental Authority.

“Term” means, save as otherwise provided herein, in relation to any Letter of Credit, the
period from its Utilisation Date until its Expiry Date.

“Three-Year Unsecured Letter of Credit Facility” means the $200,000,000 three-year unsecured
letter of credit facility dated 12 March 2007 between, Validus Holdings, Ltd., JPMorgan
Chase Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and others, including the related
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and amendments, renewals,
replacements, refinancings and restatements to any of the foregoing.

“Total Commitments” means, at any time, the aggregate of the Lenders’ Commitments, being
$25,000,000 as at the date of this Agreement together with any increase in the Total
Commitments effected in accordance with Clause 10 (Commitment Increase Request).

“Transaction Security” means the Liens created or expressed to be created in favour of the
Security Trustee pursuant to the Security Documents.

“Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4
(Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower.

“Transfer Date” means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

	 	(a)	 	the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the date specified by the Agent to the Existing Lender and the New Lender upon
execution by the Agent of the Transfer Certificate.

“Transferee” means a person to which a Lender seeks to transfer by novation all or part of
such Lender’s rights, benefits and obligations under the Finance Documents.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended, and as in effect from time to time in
the State of New York, except that references to sections of the UCC refer to the section
numbers of such sections as of the date of this Agreement.

“UK GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom.

“Unpaid Sum” means the unpaid balance of any of the sums referred to in Clause 18.1
(Default Interest Periods).

“US” means the United States of America.

- 21 -

 

“US GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

“Utilisation Date” means, in relation to a Letter of Credit, the date on which it is to be
issued.

“Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Form
of Utilisation Request).

“Validus Guarantee” means the guarantee and indemnity of the Guarantor set out in Clause 19
(Guarantee and Indemnity).

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any person means any subsidiary of such person to the extent
all of the capital stock or other ownership interests in such subsidiary, other than
directors’ or nominees’ qualifying shares, is owned directly or indirectly by such person.

	1.2	 	Interpretation

Any reference in this Agreement to:

	 	1.2.1	 	the “Agent”, “Structuring Agent”, the “Arranger”, the “Security Trustee”, any
“Finance Party”, any “Secured Party”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor” or any “Party” shall
be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted
transferees and, in the case of the Security Trustee, any person for the time being
appointed as Security Trustee or Security Trustees in accordance with this Agreement;
	 
	 	1.2.2	 	a document in “agreed form” is a document which is initialled by or on behalf
of the Borrower and the Agent;
	 
	 	1.2.3	 	a default (other than an Event of Default) is “continuing” if it has not been
remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied
or waived;
	 
	 	1.2.4	 	the “equivalent” on any date in one currency (the “first currency”) of an
amount denominated in another currency (the “second currency”) is a reference to the
amount of the first currency which could be purchased with the amount of the second
currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on such date for the purchase of the
first currency with the second currency;
	 
	 	1.2.5	 	a “holding company” of a company or corporation shall be construed as a
reference to any company or corporation of which the first-mentioned company or
corporation is a subsidiary;
	 
	 	1.2.6	 	a “member” shall be construed (when the context so requires) as a reference to
an underwriting member of Lloyd’s;
	 
	 	1.2.7	 	a “month” is a reference to a period starting on one day in a calendar month
and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next succeeding calendar month
save that, where any such period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business
Day, it shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, unless that day falls in the
calendar month succeeding that in which it would otherwise

- 22 -

 

	 	 	 	have ended, in which case it
shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day, provided that, if a period starts
on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if there is no numerically
corresponding day in the month in which that period ends, that period shall end on the
last Business Day in that later month (and references to “months” shall be construed
accordingly);

	 	1.2.8	 	a Lender’s “participation”, in relation to a Letter of Credit, shall be
construed as a reference to the rights and obligations of such Lender in relation to
such Letter of Credit as are expressly set out in this Agreement;
	 
	 	1.2.9	 	a “person” shall be construed as a reference to any natural person, firm,
company, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, government,
state or agency of a state (including any Governmental Authority), any association or
partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the
foregoing or any other entity;
	 
	 	1.2.10	 	“subsidiary” means, with respect to any person (the “parent”) at any date, any
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the
accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s
consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in
accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or
other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or ordinary voting
power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership
interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the parent or one or more
subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent
provided that neither 1384 Capital Limited nor the Talbot Employee Benefit Trust shall
be a subsidiary of any parent for the purposes of this Agreement;
	 
	 	1.2.11	 	a “successor” shall be construed so as to include an assignee or successor in title
of such party and any person who under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or
domicile has assumed the rights and obligations of such party under this Agreement or
to which, under such laws, such rights and obligations have been transferred;
	 
	 	1.2.12	 	“VAT” shall be construed as a reference to value added tax including any similar tax
which may be imposed in place thereof from time to time; and
	 
	 	1.2.13	 	the “winding-up”, “dissolution” or “administration” of a company or corporation shall
be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of
the jurisdiction in which such company or corporation is incorporated or any
jurisdiction in which such company or corporation carries on business including the
seeking of liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution, administration,
arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief of debtors.

- 23 -

 

	1.3	 	Syndicate
	 
	 	 	For the purpose of construing references in this Agreement to a Lloyd’s syndicate, unless
the context otherwise requires, the several groups of members to which in successive years a
particular syndicate number is assigned by the Council of Lloyd’s shall be treated as the
same syndicate notwithstanding that they may not comprise the same members with the same
premium income limits.
	 
	1.4	 	Currency Symbols
	 
	 	 	“£” and “sterling” denote lawful currency of the United Kingdom for the time being and
“dollars” and “$” denote lawful currency of the US for the time being.
	 
	1.5	 	Agreements and Statutes
	 
	 	 	Any reference in this Agreement to:

	 	1.5.1	 	this Agreement or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a
reference to this Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document as
the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, restated, varied, novated
or supplemented;
	 
	 	1.5.2	 	a statute or treaty shall be construed, unless the context otherwise requires,
as a reference to such statute or treaty as the same may have been, or may from time to
time be, amended or, in the case of a statute, re-enacted; and
	 
	 	1.5.3	 	a byelaw shall be construed as a reference to a byelaw made under Lloyd’s Acts
1871 to 1982 as the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended or
replaced.

	1.6	 	Headings
	 
	 	 	Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

	 
	1.7	 	Time
	 
	 	 	Any reference in this Agreement to a time of day shall, unless a contrary indication
appears, be a reference to London time.
	 
	1.8	 	Third Party Rights
	 
	 	 	A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of
Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement.

- 24 -

 

SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

	2.	 	THE FACILITY
	 
	2.1	 	Grant of the Facility
	 
	 	 	The Lenders, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, grant to the Borrower on
behalf of the Account Party, a multicurrency letter of credit facility in an aggregate
amount equal to the Total Commitments.
	 
	2.2	 	Purpose and Application
	 
	 	 	The Facility is intended to enable the Account Party to provide Funds at Lloyd’s for the
2010, 2011 and prior open underwriting years of account of the Managed Syndicate, it being
acknowledged that for so long as the Letters of Credit issued hereunder are deposited at
Lloyd’s, they shall be deemed to support all of the Account Party’s underwriting years of
account that have yet to close, and accordingly, the Borrower shall apply all amounts raised
by it hereunder in or towards satisfaction of such purposes and none of the Finance Parties
shall be obliged to concern themselves with such application.
	 
	2.3	 	Ranking of Funds at Lloyd’s
	 
	 	 	It is acknowledged by the parties hereto that, subject to the duties of Lloyd’s as trustee
of all Funds at Lloyd’s and to any conditions and requirements prescribed under the
Membership Byelaw (No. 5 of 2005) which are for the time being applicable, the Facility will
provide Funds at Lloyd’s for the Account Party which, to the extent that such parties are
able to procure the same upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement, shall only be
applied after all of the Own FAL of the Account Party from time to time has been exhausted.
	 
	2.4	 	Application of Own FAL
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Own FAL at Lloyd’s of
the Account Party are applied to the fullest extent possible before any payment is made
under a Letter of Credit in respect the Account Party (including, without limitation, using
all reasonable endeavours to obtain a Letter of Comfort with respect to the order of
application of Funds at Lloyd’s).
	 
	2.5	 	Initial Conditions Precedent
	 
	 	 	Save as the Lenders may otherwise agree, the Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request
unless the Agent has confirmed to the Borrower on the Closing Date by means of executing
this Agreement that it has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in
Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) and that each is, in form and substance, satisfactory to
the Agent.
	 
	2.6	 	Further conditions precedent
	 
	 	 	The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 3.4 (Each Lender’s participation in
Letters of Credit), if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed
Utilisation Date:

	 	2.6.1	 	no Default is continuing or would result from the issue of the proposed Letter
of Credit; and

- 25 -

 

	 	2.6.2	 	the Repeated Representations are true in all material respects with the same
effect as though such Repeated Representations had been made on the date of the
Utilisation Request and on the Utilisation Date (it being understood and agreed that
any Repeated Representation which by its terms is made as of a
specified date shall be required to be true in all material respects only as of
such specified date).

	2.7	 	Several Obligations
	 
	 	 	The obligations of each Lender are several and the failure by a Lender to perform its
obligations hereunder shall not affect the obligations of an Obligor towards any other party
hereto nor shall any other party be liable for the failure by such Lender to perform its
obligations hereunder.
	 
	2.8	 	Several Rights
	 
	 	 	The rights of each Finance Party are several and any debt arising hereunder at any time from
an Obligor to any Finance Party shall be a separate and independent debt. Except as
otherwise stated in the Finance Documents each such party shall be entitled to protect and
enforce its individual rights arising out of this Agreement independently of any other party
(so that it shall not be necessary for any party hereto to be joined as an additional party
in any proceedings for this purpose).

- 26 -

 

SECTION 3

UTILISATION

	3.	 	UTILISATION OF THE FACILITY
	 
	3.1	 	Utilisation Conditions for the Facility
	 
	 	 	Save as otherwise provided herein, a Letter of Credit will be issued at the request of the
Borrower if:

	 	3.1.1	 	no less than three Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date, the
Agent has received a completed Utilisation Request from such Borrower;
	 
	 	3.1.2	 	the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day falling within the
Availability Period;
	 
	 	3.1.3	 	the first day of the Term of the Letter of Credit is a Business Day falling
within the Availability Period;
	 
	 	3.1.4	 	the proposed Expiry Date of the Letter of Credit shall be:

	 	(a)	 	in the case of any Letter of Credit providing Funds at
Lloyd’s for the 2010 and prior open underwriting years of account of the
Managed Syndicate only, 31 December 2013; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in the case of any Letter of Credit providing Funds at
Lloyd’s for the 2011 and prior open underwriting years of account of the
Managed Syndicate only, 31 December 2014;

	 	3.1.5	 	the Letter of Credit is substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form
of Letter of Credit);
	 
	 	3.1.6	 	the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit is Lloyd’s; and
	 
	 	3.1.7	 	the conditions set out in Clause 3.2 (Currency and amount) are satisfied,

	 	 	provided that no Letter of Credit shall be issued for the account of the Account Party at
any time when the Outstandings exceed (or would after the issuance of such Letter of Credit
exceed) the Borrowing Base of the Account Party at such time.
	 
	3.2	 	Currency and amount

	 	3.2.1	 	The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or
an Optional Currency.

	 	3.2.2	 	The amount of the proposed Letter of Credit must be:

	 	(a)	 	if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of
$1,000,000 or if less, the Available Facility; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	if the currency selected is the Optional Currency, a minimum
of £500,000 or if less, the Available Facility; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	in any event such that its Base Currency Amount is less than
or equal to the Available Facility.

- 27 -

 

	3.3	 	Completion of Letters of Credit
	 
	 	 	The Agent is authorised to issue each Letter of Credit pursuant to Clause 3.1 (Utilisation
Conditions for the Facility) by:

	 	3.3.1	 	completing the issue date, the proposed Expiry Date and the other details
required in respect of such Letter of Credit, in accordance with the Utilisation
Request for such Letter of Credit;
	 
	 	3.3.2	 	completing the schedule to such Letter of Credit with the percentage
participation of each Lender as allocated pursuant to the terms hereof; and
	 
	 	3.3.3	 	executing such Letter of Credit on behalf of each Lender and following such
execution delivering such Letter of Credit together with a Credit Institution
Confirmation with respect to each Lender to Lloyd’s on the Utilisation Date,

	 	 	and, promptly after each such Letter of Credit is delivered to Lloyd’s, the Agent shall send
a copy of it to the Borrower.

	3.4	 	Each Lender’s Participation in Letters of Credit
	 
	 	 	Save as otherwise provided herein, each Lender will participate in each Letter of Credit
issued pursuant to this Clause 3 in the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the
Available Facility immediately prior to the issue of such Letter of Credit.
	 
	3.5	 	Lloyd’s Approved Credit Institution

	 	3.5.1	 	Each Lender acknowledges that the Agent must provide a Credit Institution
Confirmation to Lloyd’s with each Letter of Credit.
	 
	 	3.5.2	 	For the purposes of the Agent providing such Credit Institution Confirmation
to Lloyd’s, each Lender confirms, on the date of this Agreement and on the date of
issue of any Letter of Credit, that, subject to compliance with the terms of this
Agreement for the utilisation of a Letter of Credit:

	 	(a)	 	it hereby authorises the execution and delivery by the Agent
of each Letter of Credit and each such Letter of Credit will be duly executed
by the Agent on its behalf; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	its obligations under any Letter of Credit constitute its
legal, valid and binding obligations.

	 	3.5.3	 	In the event that any Lender participating in the Facility ceases to be an
Approved Credit Institution, following notification by Lloyd’s to the Borrower, the
Borrower shall notify the Arrangers thereof and the Arrangers, in consultation with the
Borrower, will, subject to agreement relating to fees and expenses, use their
reasonable endeavours to replace the participation of such Lender in the Facility and
in any Letter of Credit issued hereunder with one or more of the other Lenders or with
another Approved Credit Institution. In the event that any such Lender ceases to be so
accredited it shall, at the request of the Agent, transfer (in accordance with Clause
25 (Changes to the Lenders)) its Commitment and participation in outstanding Letters
of Credit to such financial institution which is accredited by Lloyd’s and which has
been agreed by the

- 28 -

 

	 	 	 	Arrangers and the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to reimburse the
Agent and the Arrangers for all fees, costs and expenses (including legal fees)
together with any VAT thereon incurred in connection with such replacement of a
Lender’s participation.

	 	3.5.4	 	In the event that any Lender participating in the Facility is a Defaulting
Lender, following a request by the Borrower, (i) the Agent, at the request of and in
consultation with the Borrower, shall, subject to reaching prior agreement with the
Borrower in relation to fees and expenses, use reasonable endeavours to replace the
participation of such Lender in the Facility and in any Letter of Credit issued hereunder with one or more of the other Lenders (if any
other such Lender is willing to accept all or part of such participation) or with
another financial institution that is an Approved Credit Institution and (ii) such
Lender shall (in accordance with the provisions of Clause 24 (Changes to the
Lenders)) transfer its Commitment and participation in outstanding Letters of
Credit to such financial institution which has been agreed between the Agent and
the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Finance Parties for all fees,
costs and expenses (including legal fees) together with any VAT thereon incurred in
connection with such replacement of a Lender’s participation.

	3.6	 	Expiry of Availability Period
	 
	 	 	The Available Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced to zero at the end of the
Availability Period.
	 
	3.7	 	Notice of Non-Extension in respect of Letters of Credit

	 	3.7.1	 	The Agent shall, no earlier than:

	 	(a)	 	in the case of any Letter of Credit providing Funds at
Lloyd’s for the 2010 and prior open underwriting years of account of the
Managed Syndicate only, 1 December 2009 and no later than 31 December 2009,
give a Notice of Non-Extension to Lloyd’s in respect of such Letter of Credit
issued hereunder (and the Lenders hereby authorise the Agent to serve such
notice) so that each such Letter of Credit expires at any time after 31
December 2013; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	in the case of any Letter of Credit providing Funds at
Lloyd’s for the 2011 and prior open underwriting years of account of the
Managed Syndicate only, 1 December 2010 and no later than 31 December 2010,
give a Notice of Non-Extension to Lloyd’s in respect of such Letter of Credit
issued hereunder (and the Lenders hereby authorise the Agent to serve such
notice) so that each such Letter of Credit expires at any time after 31
December 2014.

	 	3.7.2	 	In the event that any Letter of Credit is issued after a Notice of
Non-Extension has been given under sub-clause 3.7.1 above the Agent shall give a
Notice of Non-Extension in respect of such Letter of Credit at the time such Letter of
Credit is issued.

- 29 -

 

	 	3.7.3	 	Upon the expiry of a Letter of Credit in accordance with a Notice of
Non-Extension, the maximum actual and contingent liabilities of each Lender under the
Letter of Credit referred to in such Notice of Non-Extension will be reduced to zero.

	3.8	 	Applied Letters of Credit
	 
	 	 	If, notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 2.4 (Application of Own FAL), any sum is paid
under a Letter of Credit (an “Applied Letter of Credit”) which is greater than any sum which
would have been paid had Own FAL been applied to meet any demand prior to the Funds at
Lloyd’s provided pursuant to this Facility in accordance with Clause 2.4 (Application of
Own FAL) (the difference between the sum paid under the Applied Letter of Credit and the sum
which should have been paid being the “Overpayment”), the Borrower shall, to any extent
necessary to facilitate the indemnification of the Lenders under Clause 7 (Borrower’s
Indemnity to the Lenders), use all reasonable endeavours to procure the release by Lloyd’s
of the Own FAL of the Account Party in an amount equal to the Overpayment and, upon the
Lenders being indemnified in full thereunder (but subject to the Agent receiving confirmation in writing
from the Borrower that no Default is continuing), either:

	 	3.8.1	 	a supplementary Letter of Credit will be issued in an amount equal to the
Overpayment having an Expiry Date which is the same as that of the Applied Letter of
Credit; or
	 
	 	3.8.2	 	the Applied Letter of Credit will be amended by increasing the amount thereof
by an amount equal to the Overpayment.

- 30 -

 

SECTION 4

COSTS OF UTILISATION

	4.	 	LETTER OF CREDIT COMMISSION
	 
	4.1	 	Letter of Credit Commission
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall, in respect of each Letter of Credit requested by it, pay to the Agent
for the account of each Lender (for distribution in proportion to each Lender’s Proportion
of such Letter of Credit) a letter of credit commission in the currency in which the
relevant Letter of Credit is denominated, at the relevant L/C Commission Rate on the
aggregate Commitments of the Lenders under such Letter of Credit. Such letter of credit
commission shall be calculated on a daily basis according to the Commitments on each such
day, and shall be paid in arrear in respect of each successive period of three months (or
such shorter period as shall end on the relevant Expiry Date) during the Term of the
relevant Letter of Credit, the first such payment to be made on the date falling three
Months after the Utilisation Date for such Letter of Credit and successive payments to be
made thereafter on the last day of each successive such period (each an “Interest Payment
Date”).
	 
	4.2	 	Defaulting Lenders
	 
	 	 	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Clause 4, for so long as a Lender is a
Defaulting Lender, no letter of credit commission hereunder shall accrue or be payable to
such Lender until such Lender ceases to be a Defaulting Lender.
	 
	5.	 	MARKET DISRUPTION AND ALTERNATIVE INTEREST RATES
	 
	5.1	 	Absence of quotations
	 
	 	 	Subject to Clause 5.2 (Market disruption), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the
Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11.00 am on the
Quotation Date, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of
the remaining Reference Banks.
	 
	5.2	 	Market Disruption
	 
	 	 	If, in relation to any Unpaid Sum:

	 	5.2.1	 	LIBOR is to be determined by reference to Reference Banks and at or about
11.00 a.m. on the Quotation Date for the relevant Interest Period none or only one of
the Reference Banks supplies a rate for the purpose of determining LIBOR for the
relevant Interest Period; or
	 
	 	5.2.2	 	before the close of business in London on the Quotation Date for such Unpaid
Sum the Agent has been notified by a Lender or each of a group of Lenders to whom in
aggregate fifty per cent. or more of such Unpaid Sum is owed that the LIBOR rate does
not accurately reflect the cost of funding its participation in such Unpaid Sum,

	 	 	then, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of such event and, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Clause 5.3 (Substitute Interest Period and
Interest Rate) shall apply to such Unpaid Sum.

- 31 -

 

	5.3	 	Substitute Interest Period and Interest Rate
	 
	 	 	If either sub-clause 5.2.1 or 5.2.2 of Clause 5.2 (Market Disruption) applies to an
Unpaid Sum, the rate of interest applicable to each Lender’s portion of such Unpaid Sum
during the relevant Interest Period shall (subject to any agreement reached pursuant to
Clause 5.4 (Alternative basis of interest or funding)) be the rate per annum which is the
sum of:

	 	5.3.1	 	the Mandatory Costs Rate, if any, applicable to that Lender’s portion of such
Unpaid Sum; and
	 
	 	5.3.2	 	the rate per annum notified to the Agent by such Lender before the last day of
such Interest Period to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost
to such Lender of funding from whatever sources it may reasonably select its portion of
such Unpaid Sum during such Interest Period.

	5.4	 	Alternative basis of interest or funding

	 	5.4.1	 	If either of those events mentioned in sub-clauses 5.2.1 and 5.2.2 of Clause
5.2 (Market Disruption) occurs in relation to an Unpaid Sum and the Agent or the
Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a
period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing on a substitute basis for
determining the rate of interest.
	 
	 	5.4.2	 	Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to sub-clause 5.4.1 above shall, with
the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

	5.5	 	Interest Rate Determination
	 
	 	 	The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of each determination of LIBOR
and the Mandatory Costs Rate.
	 
	5.6	 	Changes to Interest Rates
	 
	 	 	The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change to:
5.6.1 the proposed length of an Interest Period; or

	 	5.6.2	 	any interest rate occasioned by the operation of Clause 4.2 (Market
Disruption and Alternative Interest Rates).

	6.	 	NOTIFICATION
	 
	6.1	 	Letters of Credit
	 
	 	 	Not less than one Business Day before the first day of a Term, the Agent shall notify each
Lender, in respect of each Letter of Credit to be issued, of:

	 	6.1.1	 	the proposed length of the relevant Term;
	 
	 	6.1.2	 	the proposed currency;
	 
	 	6.1.3	 	the aggregate principal amount; and
	 
	 	6.1.4	 	the Utilisation Date.

- 32 -

 

	6.2	 	Demands under Letters of Credit
	 
	 	 	If a demand is made under a Letter of Credit the Agent shall promptly make demand upon the
relevant Borrower in accordance with this Agreement and notify the Lenders.
	 
	7.	 	BORROWER’S INDEMNITY TO THE LENDERS
	 
	7.1	 	Borrower’s Indemnity to Lenders
	 
	 	 	Without duplication of any expense reimbursement obligations or indemnities contained
elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, the Borrower shall irrevocably
and unconditionally as a primary obligation indemnify (within 5 Business Days of demand by
the Agent) each Finance Party against:

	 	7.1.1	 	any sum paid or due and payable by such Finance Party under such Letter of
Credit; and
	 
	 	7.1.2	 	all liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, any costs incurred in
funding any amount which falls due from such Lender in connection with such Letter of
Credit), claims, losses and expenses which such Finance Party may at any time
reasonably incur or sustain in connection with any Letter of Credit (in each case,
invoiced in reasonable detail),

	 	 	provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Finance Party, be available to the extent
that such liabilities, costs, claims, losses, damages or related expenses have resulted from
the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of any Finance Party.
	 
	 	 	The Borrower waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any
trustee or agent on its behalf) to enforce the Transaction Security before claiming from the
Borrower under this Clause 7. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision
of a Finance Document to the contrary.

	7.2	 	Preservation of Rights
	 
	 	 	Neither the obligations of the Borrower set out in this Clause 7 nor the rights, powers and
remedies conferred on any Lender by this Agreement or by law shall be discharged, impaired
or otherwise affected by:

	 	7.2.1	 	the winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation of any Lender
or any other person or any change in its status, function, control or ownership;
	 
	 	7.2.2	 	any of the obligations of any Lender or any other person hereunder or under
any Letter of Credit or under any other security taken in respect of the Borrower’s
obligations hereunder or otherwise in connection with a Letter of Credit being or
becoming illegal, invalid, unenforceable or ineffective in any respect;
	 
	 	7.2.3	 	time or other indulgence being granted or agreed to be granted to any Lender
or any other person in respect of its obligations hereunder or under or in connection
with a Letter of Credit or under any such other security;
	 
	 	7.2.4	 	any amendment to, or any variation, waiver or release of, any obligation of
any Lender or any other person under a Letter of Credit or this Agreement;

- 33 -

 

	 	7.2.5	 	any other act, event or omission which, but for this Clause 7, might operate
to discharge, impair or otherwise affect any of the obligations of the relevant
Borrower set out in this Clause 7 or any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred
upon any Lender by this Agreement or by law.

	 	 	The obligations of each Borrower set out in this Clause 7 shall be in addition to and
independent of every other security which any Lender may at any time hold in respect of such
Borrower’s obligations hereunder.

	7.3	 	Settlement Conditional
	 
	 	 	Any settlement or discharge between the Borrower and a Lender shall be conditional upon no
security or payment to such Lender by the Borrower, or any other person on behalf of the
Borrower, being avoided or reduced by virtue of any laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
liquidation or similar laws of general application and, if any such security or payment is
so avoided or reduced, such Lender shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of such
security or payment from the Borrower subsequently as if such settlement or discharge had
not occurred.

	7.4	 	Right to make Payments under Letters of Credit
	 
	 	 	Each Lender shall be entitled to make any payment in accordance with the terms of the
relevant Letter of Credit without any reference to or further authority from the relevant
Borrower or any other investigation or enquiry. The Borrower irrevocably authorises each
Lender to comply with any demand under a Letter of Credit which is valid on its face.

- 34 -

 

SECTION 5

PREPAYMENT, CANCELLATION AND COLLATERALISATION

	8.	 	PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
	 
	8.1	 	Automatic Cancellation of the Facility
	 
	 	 	At close of business in London on the last Business Day of the Availability Period the
Available Commitment of each Lender shall be (if it has not already been) reduced to zero.
	 
	8.2	 	Cancellation of the Facility
	 
	 	 	The Borrower may, by giving to the Agent not less than five Business Days’ prior notice to
that effect, cancel the whole or any part of the Available Facility (being a minimum amount
of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 thereafter). Any such cancellation shall
reduce the Available Commitment and Commitment of each Lender rateably.
	 
	8.3	 	Notice of Cancellation
	 
	 	 	Any notice of cancellation given by the Borrower pursuant to this Clause 8 shall be
irrevocable and shall specify the date upon which such cancellation is to be made and the
amount of such cancellation provided that any such notice may state that it is conditional
upon the effectiveness of replacement financing, in which case such notice may be revoked by
the Borrower by notice to the Agent, on or prior to the date specified in such notice as the
anticipated effective date of replacement financing, if such condition is not satisfied.
	 
	8.4	 	Notice of Removal of a Lender
	 
	 	 	If:

	 	8.4.1	 	any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased
pursuant to Clause 11 (Tax Gross-up and Indemnities);
	 
	 	8.4.2	 	any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under Clause 11.3 (Tax
Indemnity) or Clause 12 (Increased Costs),

	 	 	the Borrower may, whilst such circumstance continues, give the Agent at least ten Business
Days’ notice (which notice shall be irrevocable) of its intention to cancel the Commitment
of such Lender.
	 
	8.5	 	Removal of a Lender
	 
	 	 	On the day the notice referred to in Clause 8.4 (Notice of Removal of a Lender) expires
each Borrower at whose request a Letter of Credit has been issued shall procure that such
Lender’s Proportion of each relevant Letter of Credit be reduced to zero (by reduction of
the amount of such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to such Lender’s Proportion).
	 
	8.6	 	No Further Availability
	 
	 	 	A Lender whose Commitment is to be cancelled under Clause 8.4 (Notice of Removal of a
Lender) shall not be obliged to participate in any Letter of Credit on or after the date
upon which the Agent receives the Borrower’s notice of its intention to cancel such
Commitment, and such Lender’s Available Commitment shall be reduced to zero.

- 35 -

 

	8.7	 	No Other Cancellation
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall not cancel all or any part of the Total Commitments except at the times
and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.
	 
	8.8	 	No Reinstatement
	 
	 	 	No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement shall be reinstated.
	 
	9.	 	COLLATERALISATION OF LETTERS OF CREDIT
	 
	9.1	 	Letters of Credit

	 	9.1.1	 	Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 9, the Borrower shall
ensure that at all times, the Borrowing Base is equal to or greater than the
Outstandings.
	 
	 	9.1.2	 	If at any time the Outstandings exceed the Borrowing Base, then the Obligors
shall, within three Business Days of the earlier of any Obligor becoming aware of such
shortfall or such shortfall being notified by the Agent to any Obligor, pay or deliver
to the Custodian an amount of Cash or Eligible Securities (valued for this purpose
based on the respective Advance Rate applicable thereto) as is necessary to satisfy the
foregoing.
	 
	 	9.1.3	 	Failure by the Obligors to comply with their obligations under sub-clause
9.1.2 within ten (10) Business Days of the earlier of any Obligor becoming aware or
receiving notice that the Outstandings exceed the Borrowing Base shall constitute an
immediate and automatic Event of Default under the terms and conditions of this
Agreement.
	 
	 	9.1.4	 	Notwithstanding the frequency of the reporting obligations set forth in Clause
21.8 (Borrowing Base Certificate), this covenant shall apply at all times and shall be
tested by reference to the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently supplied in
accordance with that Clause.

	10.	 	COMMITMENT INCREASE REQUEST
	 
	10.1	 	Commitment Increase Request

	 	10.1.1	 	The Borrower may, on one occasion only and by written notice served on the Agent
(such notice being, a “Commitment Increase Request”), indicate that it wishes to
increase the Total Commitments (a “Requested Increase”) by an amount of no less than
$2,000,000 and thereafter in integral multiples of $500,000 up to a maximum of
US$7,500,000.
	 
	 	10.1.2	 	Such Commitment Increase Request shall be binding on each of the Obligors and
delivered to the Agent no later than the date falling 12 months after the date of the
Amendment Agreement.

	10.2	 	Commitment Increase Fee
	 
	 	 	A fee shall be payable on the Increase Date by the Borrower to the Agent (the “Commitment
Increase Fee”) which shall be distributed to those Lenders which agree to the increase and
those Additional Lenders that agree to provide a Commitment, in

- 36 -

 

	 	 	accordance with Clauses 10.5 (Approval of Commitment Increase Request) or 10.6 (Partial
approval of Commitment Increase Request). The amount of the Commitment Increase Fee shall be
agreed between the Borrower and the Agent prior to the Commitment Increase Request being
submitted to the Agent by the Borrower.
	10.3	 	Notification of Commitment Increase Request
	 
	 	 	The Agent shall request that each Lender notify the Agent, within 15 Business Days of
receipt by the Agent of such Commitment Increase Request, whether it is prepared to assume
an increase in its Commitment in an amount equal to the proportion of the Requested Increase
as is borne by the aggregate amount of its Commitment to the Total Commitments immediately
prior to the date of the Commitment Increase Request (the “Required Proportion”).
	 
	10.4	 	Decline of Commitment Increase Request
	 
	 	 	To the extent any Lender declines (and for this purpose a Lender shall be treated as having
declined if it has not responded to the Agent in the positive within the period of 15
Business Days referred to in Clause 10.3 (Notification of Commitment Increase Request)
above) to assume an increase in its Commitment equal to the Required Proportion (the
“Declined Amount”), the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower in writing. Within 10
Business Days of receiving any such notification, the Borrower may by written notice served
on the Agent nominate a bank or financial institution which is an Approved Credit
Institution (an “Additional Lender”) to assume a Commitment in an amount of up to the
Declined Amount. Such written notice shall also be signed by such Additional Lender and
shall confirm that the relevant Additional Lender has agreed to assume a Commitment in an
amount of up to the Declined Amount.
	 
	10.5	 	Approval of Commitment Increase Request
	 
	 	 	Immediately upon the Agent receiving notifications from the Lenders or Additional Lenders
confirming that the full amount of the Requested Increase can be accommodated, it shall
notify the Borrower in writing and with effect from the Increase Date:

	 	10.5.1	 	the Commitment of each relevant Lender shall be increased by an amount equal to the
portion of the Requested Increase it has indicated it is prepared to assume; and
	 
	 	10.5.2	 	in respect of an Additional Lender which is not a Lender, a Commitment shall be
established for such amount, provided that such Additional Lender has acceded to this
Agreement as a Lender in accordance with the terms of Clause 25.8 (Additional
Lenders),

	 	 	whereupon the Borrower shall pay the Commitment Increase Fee to the Agent. Upon receipt of
such Commitment Increase Fee, the Agent shall promptly distribute this amount to those
Lenders which agreed to the increase and those Additional Lenders that agree to provide a
Commitment, in the proportion that the amount of the proposed increase in each such Lender’s
or Additional Lender’s Commitments bears to the aggregate amount of the proposed increase in
the Total Commitments.

- 37 -

 

	10.6	 	Partial approval of Commitment Increase Request
	 
	 	 	In the event that notifications from Lenders and/or Additional Lenders who are willing to
assume, as appropriate, an increase in their Commitment or a new Commitment (“Accepting
Parties”) confirm that only part of the Requested Increase can be made available then
either:

	 	10.6.1	 	the Borrower and the Accepting Parties shall be entitled, by notice to the Agent no
later than 30 Business Days following receipt by the Agent of the relevant Commitment
Increase Request, to accept an increase in Commitment in such lower amount, whereupon
with effect from the Increase Date:

	 	(a)	 	the Commitment of each relevant Lender shall be increased by
an amount equal to the portion of the Requested Increase it has indicated it
is prepared to assume; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in respect of an Additional Lender which is not a Lender, a
Commitment shall be established for such amount of the Requested Increase it
has indicated it is prepared to assume, provided that such Additional Lender
has first acceded to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with the terms
of Clause 25.8 (Additional Lenders),

	 	 	 	whereupon the Borrower shall pay the Commitment Increase Fee to the Agent. Upon
receipt of such Commitment Increase Fee, the Agent shall promptly distribute this
amount to those Lenders which agreed to the increase (or part thereof) and those
Additional Lenders that agree to provide a Commitment, in the proportion that the
amount of the proposed increase in each such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s
Commitments bears to the aggregate amount of the proposed increase in the Total
Commitments; or
	 
	 	10.6.2	 	the Borrower shall be entitled, by notice to the Agent no later than 30 Business Days
following receipt by the Agent of the relevant Commitment Increase Request, to cancel
the Commitment Increase Request (without incurring any cost, premium or penalty).

	10.7	 	Increase Date
	 
	 	 	For the purposes of this Clause 10, “Increase Date” means:

	 	10.7.1	 	the date on which the Agent confirms to the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent,
having contacted Lloyd’s to advise that a re-apportionment of commitments will be
required in respect of a Letter of Credit and requesting the return of the relevant
Letter of Credit (the “Existing Letter of Credit”), is satisfied that arrangements are
in place with Lloyd’s for the exchange of the Existing Letter of Credit for a new
Letter of Credit (the “New Letter of Credit”) detailing the liability of each issuing
lender thereunder and otherwise being:

	 	(a)	 	for the same amount of the Existing Letter of Credit (in the
case of Clause 10.5 (Approval of Commitment Increase Request) above) or for a
lesser

- 38 -

 

	 	 	 	amount (in the case of Clause 10.6 (Partial approval of Commitment Increase
Request) above); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	otherwise on the same terms as the Existing Letter of Credit
for the remainder of the Term of such Existing Letter of Credit,

	 	 	 	such that upon the Increase Date, each Lender’s (including each Additional
Lender’s) participation in any Letters of Credit issued hereunder shall be equal to
the proportion of that Lender’s Commitments to the Total Commitments; or
	 
	 	10.7.2	 	if, in connection with any Requested Increase, the Agent determines that no
re-apportionment of commitments is required in respect of any Letter of Credit, the
date falling 5 Business Days after the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower in
writing that it has received the relevant acceptances of the Requested Increase from
the Lenders.

- 39 -

 

SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

	11.	 	TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
	 
	11.1	 	Definitions

	 	11.1.1	 	In this Agreement:
	 
	 	 	 	“Foreign Lender” means any Lender which is treated by the jurisdiction in which the
Borrower is resident for tax purposes:

	 	(a)	 	as being resident for tax purposes; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	as having a place of business, place of management or
permanent establishment,

	 	 	 	in a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident.
	 
	 	 	 	“Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any
liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of tax in relation to
a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of tax to be
received or receivable) under a Finance Document.
	 
	 	 	 	“Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief from or remission or repayment of, any
Tax.
	 
	 	 	 	“Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of tax from a
payment under a Finance Document.
	 
	 	 	 	“Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a
Finance Party under Clause 11.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 11.3
(Tax indemnity).
	 
	 	11.1.2	 	Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 11 a reference to “determines”
or “determined” means a determination made in the discretion (reasonably exercised) of
the person making the determination.

	11.2	 	Tax gross-up

	 	11.2.1	 	Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction,
unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.
	 
	 	11.2.2	 	The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax
Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction)
notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming
so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such
notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower and the relevant Obligor.
	 
	 	11.2.3	 	If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the
payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any
Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no
Tax Deduction had been required.

- 40 -

 

	 	11.2.4	 	If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax
Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the
time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.
	 
	 	11.2.5	 	Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in
connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver
to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably
satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as
applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

	11.3	 	Tax indemnity

	 	11.3.1	 	The Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a
Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected
Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on
account of tax by that Protected Party in respect of payments received or receivable by
the Protected Party under a Finance Document or the transactions occurring under such
Finance Document.
	 
	 	11.3.2	 	Sub-clause 11.3.1 above shall not apply:

	 	(a)	 	with respect to any tax assessed on a Finance Party:

	 	(i)	 	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that
Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or
jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for
tax purposes; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that
Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts
received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

	 	 	 	if that tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income or
profits received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or
receivable) by that Finance Party or is a franchise or similar tax; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	with respect to any tax assessed on a Finance Party which is
imposed as a result of a present or former connection between that Finance
Party and the jurisdiction imposing that tax (or any political subdivision
thereof) (other than any such connection arising as a result of that Finance
Party having executed, delivered, become a party to, enforced or performed its
obligations or received payments under, this agreement or any other Finance
Document); or
	 
	 	(c)	 	to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by
an increased payment under Clause 11.2 (Tax gross-up); or
	 
	 	(d)	 	to the extent that the loss, liability or cost is a result of
failure by the Protected Party to comply with Clause 11.4 (Status of Foreign
Lender).

- 41 -

 

	 	11.3.3	 	A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under sub-clause 11.3.1 above
shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the
claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.
	 
	 	11.3.4	 	A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause
11.3, notify the Agent.

	11.4	Status of Foreign Lender
	 
	 	Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction in the rate of any Tax
Deduction from any payment under any of the Finance Documents under the law of the
jurisdiction which requires or would require the Tax Deduction, or under any treaty to which
that jurisdiction is a party, shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent), at
the time or times reasonably specified by the Borrower or the Agent, such properly completed
and executed documentation as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at
a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Finance Party, if requested by the Borrower
or the Agent, shall deliver such other documentation reasonably specified by the Borrower or
the Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Agent to determine whether or not such Finance
Party is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.
	 
	11.5	Tax Credit
	 
	 	If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:
	 
	 	11.5.1	 	a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment
forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and
	 
	 	11.5.2	 	that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,
	 
	 	the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party reasonably
determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would
have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.
	 
	11.6	Value added tax

	 	11.6.1	 	All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party
to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for VAT
purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply,
and accordingly, subject to sub-clause 11.6.3 below, if VAT is chargeable on any
supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, that Party
shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the
consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party shall
promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).
	 
	 	11.6.2	 	If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any
other Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party (the
“Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount
equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required
to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay
to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount
equal to the

- 42 -

 

	 	 	 	amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Relevant Party an
amount equal to any credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority which it
reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply.
	 
	 	11.6.3	 	Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party for any
costs or expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance
Party against all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses
to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that neither it nor any
other member of any group of which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to
credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of the VAT.

	12.	 	INCREASED COSTS
	 
	12.1	 	Increased costs

	 	12.1.1	 	Subject to Clause 12.3 (Exceptions) the Borrower shall, within three Business Days
of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any
Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

	 	(a)	 	the introduction of or any change in (or in the
interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of
this Agreement,

	 	 	 	together, a “Change in Law”.
	 
	 	12.1.2	 	In this Agreement “Increased Costs” means:

	 	(a)	 	a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a
Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital to a level below that
which such Finance Party (or Affiliate) would have achieved but for such
Change in Law (taking into consideration such Finance Party’s (or Affiliates’)
policies with respect to capital adequacy as generally applied);
	 
	 	(b)	 	an additional or increased cost; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance
Document,

	 	 	 	which in the good faith determination of such Finance Party is incurred or suffered
by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable
to that Finance Party having entered into a commitment or funding or performing its
obligations under any Finance Document.

	12.2	 	Increased cost claims

	 	12.2.1	 	A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 12.1 (Increased costs)
shall notify the Agent within sixty (60) days of the event giving rise to the claim,
following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

- 43 -

 

	 	12.2.2	 	Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide
a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs and setting out:

	 	(a)	 	the basis, in reasonable detail, for the determination of
such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender as
aforesaid; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the basis, in reasonable detail, for the computation of such
amount or amounts, which shall be consistently applied. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate any Finance Party
pursuant to Clause 12.1 (Increased costs) for any increased costs or
reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Finance
Party notifies the Borrower of the applicable Change in Law.

	12.3	 	Exceptions

	 	12.3.1	 	Clause 12.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

	 	(a)	 	attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by
an Obligor;
	 
	 	(b)	 	compensated for by Clause 11.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would
have been compensated for under Clause 11.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so
compensated solely because any of the exclusions in sub-clause 11.3.2 of
Clause 11.3 (Tax indemnity) applied) or because of failure of such Finance
Party to comply with Clause 10.3) (Tax indemnity);
	 
	 	(c)	 	compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Costs Rate;
	 
	 	(d)	 	attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance
Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation;
	 
	 	(e)	 	attributable to an increase in the rate of corporation tax;
or
	 
	 	(f)	 	attributable to the implementation or application of or
compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and
Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this
Agreement (“Basel II”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel
II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government,
regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).

	 	12.3.2	 	Additionally Clause 12.1 (Increased costs) shall not apply to Increased Costs with
respect to taxes imposed on or measured by the net income or net profits of a Lender
pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in or under the laws of which it is organised
or the jurisdiction in which the principal office or applicable lending office of such
Lender is located or in which it conducts a trade or business or has a permanent
establishment, or has a present or former connection with such jurisdiction, or any
subdivision thereof or therein.

- 44 -

 

	 	12.3.3	 	In this Clause 12.3, a reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to
the term in Clause 11.1 (Definitions).

	13.	 	ILLEGALITY
	 
	13.1	 	If, at any time, any Lender determines in good faith that it is or will become unlawful or
prohibited pursuant to any request from or requirement of any central bank or other financial,
monetary or other authority (being a request or requirement with which banks are accustomed to
comply and the Lender so complies with respect to its clients generally) for such Lender to
make, fund, issue, participate in or allow to remain outstanding all or part of its share of
the Letters of Credit, then that Lender shall, promptly after becoming aware of the same,
deliver to the Borrower through the Agent a notice to that effect.
	 
	13.2	 	Such Lender shall not thereafter be obliged to participate in any Letter of Credit or issue
any Letter of Credit (whichever shall be so affected) and the amount of its Available
Commitment shall be immediately reduced to zero and if the Agent on behalf of such Lender so
requires, the Borrower shall on such date as the Agent shall have specified:

	 	13.2.1	 	repay all amounts owing to such Lender hereunder; and
	 
	 	13.2.2	 	ensure that the liabilities of such Lender under or in respect of each affected
Letter of Credit is reduced to zero.

	14.	 	OTHER INDEMNITIES
	 
	14.1	 	Currency Indemnity
	 
	 	 	If any sum (a “Sum”) due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents or any order, judgment
given or made in relation thereto has to be converted from the currency (the “First
Currency”) in which such Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for
the purpose of:

	 	14.1.1	 	making or filing a claim or proof against such Obligor;
	 
	 	14.1.2	 	obtaining an order, judgment in any court or other tribunal; or
	 
	 	14.1.3	 	enforcing any order, judgment given or made in relation thereto,

	 	 	the Borrower shall indemnify each person to whom such Sum is due from and against any loss
suffered or incurred as a result of any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used
for such purpose to convert such Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and
(b) the rate or rates of exchange available to such person at the time of receipt of such
Sum.
	 
	14.2	 	Other indemnities
	 
	 	 	Without duplication of any expense reimbursement obligations or indemnities contained
elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, each Obligor shall, within five
Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party and the Arranger against any cost,
loss or liability incurred by that Secured Party or Arranger (and invoiced in reasonable
detail) as a result of:

	 	14.2.1	 	the occurrence of any Event of Default;

- 45 -

 

	 	14.2.2	 	a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due
date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of
Clause 30 (Sharing among the Finance Parties); or
	 
	 	14.2.3	 	issuing or making arrangements to issue a Letter of Credit requested by the Borrower
in a Utilisation Request but not issued by reason of the operation of any one or more
of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by
that Finance Party alone).

	14.3	 	Indemnity to the Agent
	 
	 	 	Without duplication of any expense reimbursement obligations or indemnities contained
elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, the Borrower shall, within five
Business Days of demand, indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by
the Agent (acting reasonably and invoiced in reasonable detail) as a result of:

	 	14.3.1	 	investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or
	 
	 	14.3.2	 	acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes
to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

	14.4	 	Indemnity to the Security Trustee

	 	14.4.1	 	Without duplication of any expense reimbursement obligations contained elsewhere in
this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, each Obligor shall, within five Business
Days of demand, indemnify the Security Trustee and every Receiver and Delegate against
any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (and invoiced in reasonable detail)
as a result of:

	 	(a)	 	the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the
Transaction Security;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions and
remedies vested in the Security Trustee and each Receiver and Delegate by the
Finance Documents or by law; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	any default by any Obligor or any other member of the Group
that is party to a Finance Document in the performance of any of the
obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents.

	 	14.4.2	 	The Security Trustee may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties,
indemnify itself out of the Charged Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all
sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.4 and shall have a
lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction
Security for all moneys payable to it.

	14.5	 	Exceptions
	 
	 	 	The indemnities referred to in Clauses 14.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and 14.4 (Indemnity
to the Security Trustee) shall not apply to the extent that the cost, loss or liability
concerned have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Agent or
Security Trustee (as the case may be).

- 46 -

 

	15.	 	MITIGATION

	15.1	 	If, in respect of any Lender, circumstances arise which would or would upon the giving of
notice result in:

	 	15.1.1	 	an increase in any sum payable to it or for its account pursuant to Clause 11.2 (Tax
Gross-up);
	 
	 	15.1.2	 	a claim for indemnification pursuant to Clause 11.3 (Tax Indemnity) or Clause 12
(Increased Costs); or
	 
	 	15.1.3	 	the reduction of its Available Commitment to zero or any repayment to be made
pursuant to Clause 13 (Illegality),

	 	 	then, without in any way limiting, reducing or otherwise qualifying the rights of such
Lender or the obligations of the Obligors under any of the Clauses referred to in
sub-clauses 15.1.1, 15.1.2 and 15.1.3, such Lender shall promptly upon becoming aware of
such circumstances notify the Agent thereof (who shall promptly notify the Borrower) and, in
consultation with the Agent and the Borrower and to the extent that it can do so lawfully
and without prejudice to its own position, take reasonable steps (including a change of
location of its Facility Office or the transfer of its rights, benefits and obligations
hereunder to another financial institution which is an Approved Credit Institution and which
is acceptable to the Borrower and willing to participate in the Facility) to mitigate the
effects of such circumstances provided that such Lender shall be under no obligation to take
any such action if, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, to do so might be reasonably
expected to have any adverse effect upon its business, operations or financial condition (in
each case, taken as a whole).
	 
	15.2	 	In connection with the occurrence of any of the events set forth in sub-clauses 15.1.1
through 15.1.3, the Borrower, at its sole expense and effort, shall have the right, if no
Default or Event of Default then exists, to replace such Lender (the “Replaced Lender”), with
one or more person or persons (collectively, the “Replacement Lender”) reasonably acceptable
to the Agent at which time the Replaced Lender shall assign or transfer, without recourse (in
accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Clause 25 (Changes to the
Lenders)), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to the Replacement
Lender provided that:

	 	15.2.1	 	the Replacement Lender shall pay to the Replaced Lender in respect thereof an amount
equal to the sum of:

	 	(a)	 	an amount equal to all Unpaid Sums that have been funded by
(and not reimbursed to) such Replaced Lender, together with all then unpaid
interest with respect thereto at such time; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	an amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid, fees
owing to the Replaced Lender pursuant to Clause 16 (Commitment Commission and
fees);

	 	15.2.2	 	all obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents owing to the Replaced
Lender (other than those specifically described in sub-clause 15.2.1

- 47 -

 

	 	 	 	above in respect of which the assignment purchase price has been, or is
concurrently being, paid), shall be paid in full to such Replaced Lender
concurrently with such replacement;
	 
	 	15.2.3	 	such assignment or transfer is likely to result in a reduction in such compensation
or payments; and
	 
	 	15.2.4	 	no Lender shall be required to become a Replaced Lender if, prior thereto, as a
result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the
Borrower to require such assignment or transfer cease to apply.

	 	 	For the avoidance of doubt, no Replaced Lender shall be required to execute, sign or deliver
any document or assignment in order to be replaced in accordance with this Clause 15.2.
	 
	16.	 	COMMITMENT COMMISSION AND FEES
	 
	16.1	 	Commitment Commission on the Facility
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for account of each Lender a commitment commission on
the amount of such Lender’s Available Commitment from day to day during the Availability
Period, such commitment commission to be calculated at a rate of:

	 	(a)	 	for any period in which all or any part of the Borrowing Base consists of
Eligible Investment Grade Securities, 0.25 per cent. per annum; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	at all other times, 0.20 per cent. per annum,

	 	 	on such amount and payable in arrear on the last day of each successive period of three
months which ends during such period and on the last day of the Availability Period provided
however, that for so long as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no commitment commission
hereunder shall accrue or be payable to such Lender until such Lender ceases to be a
Defaulting Lender.
	 
	16.2	 	Arrangement Fee
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Arranger, the arrangement fees specified in a Fee Letter
between the Arranger and the Borrower at the times, and in the amounts, specified in such
letter.
	 
	16.3	 	Structuring Fee
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Structuring Agent, the structuring fees specified in a Fee
Letter between the Structuring Agent and the Borrower at the times, and in the amounts,
specified in such letter.
	 
	16.4	 	Agency Fees
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its own account the agency fees specified in a Fee
Letter between the Agent and the Borrower at the times, and in the amounts, specified in
such letter.

- 48 -

 

	17.	 	COSTS AND EXPENSES
	 
	17.1	 	Transaction expenses
	 
	 	 	Without duplication of any expense reimbursement obligations or indemnities contained
elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, the Borrower shall within five
Business Days of demand, pay the Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee the amount of
all costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal fees of one legal counsel in
each relevant jurisdiction) reasonably incurred by any of them (and invoiced in reasonable
detail) and, in the case of the Security Trustee, by any Receiver or Delegate, in connection
with the negotiation, preparation, execution and perfection of:

	 	17.1.1	 	this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the
Transaction Security; and
	 
	 	17.1.2	 	any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

	17.2	 	Amendment costs
	 
	 	 	Without duplication of any expense reimbursement obligations or indemnities contained
elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, if (a) an Obligor or any other
member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document requests an amendment, waiver or
consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 31.9 (Change of currency), the
Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand, reimburse each of the Agent and the
Security Trustee for the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but not limited to,
legal fees of one legal counsel in each relevant jurisdiction) reasonably incurred by the
Agent and the Security Trustee (and invoiced in reasonable detail) and in the case of the
Security Trustee, by any Receiver or Delegate, in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or
complying with that request or requirement.
	 
	17.3	 	Security Trustee’s ongoing costs

	 	17.3.1	 	Without duplication of any expense reimbursement obligations or indemnities contained
elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, in the event of (i) the
occurrence of a Default or (ii) the Security Trustee considering it necessary or
expedient or (iii) the Security Trustee being requested by an Obligor or any other
member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document or the Majority Lenders to
undertake duties which the Security Trustee and the Borrower agree to be of an
exceptional nature and/or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security
Trustee under the Finance Documents, the Borrower shall pay to the Security Trustee any
additional remuneration that may be agreed between them.
	 
	 	17.3.2	 	Without duplication of any expense reimbursement obligations or indemnities contained
elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, if the Security Trustee and
the Borrower fail to agree upon the nature of the duties or upon any additional
remuneration, that dispute shall be determined by an investment bank (acting as an
expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Trustee and approved by the
Borrower or, failing approval, nominated (on the application of the Security Trustee)
by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales (the costs
of the nomination and of the investment bank being payable by the Borrower) and the
determination of

- 49 -

 

	 	 	 	any investment bank shall be final and binding upon the parties to this Agreement.

	17.4	 	Enforcement and preservation costs
	 
	 	 	Without duplication of any expense reimbursement obligations or indemnities contained
elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, the Borrower shall, within five
Business Days of demand, pay to Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but
not limited to, legal fees of one legal counsel in each relevant jurisdiction but excluding
costs and expenses to the extent that they result from the gross negligence or wilful
misconduct of the Agent or any of the other Finance Parties) incurred by the Agent (and
invoiced in reasonable detail) in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of
any rights under, any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings
instituted by or against the Security Trustee as a consequence of taking or holding the
Transaction Security or enforcing these rights.
	 
	17.5	 	Stamp taxes
	 
	 	 	Without duplication of any expense reimbursement obligations or indemnities contained
elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, the Borrower shall pay and,
within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party and the Arrangers against
any stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes which are incurred by that Secured
Party or the Arrangers arising from any payment made under any Finance Document or from the
execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of any Finance Document.
	 
	18.	 	DEFAULT INTEREST AND BREAK COSTS
	 
	18.1	 	Default Interest Periods
	 
	 	 	If an Obligor fails to pay:

	 	18.1.1	 	any amount payable by it pursuant to sub-clause 7.1.1 of Clause 7.1 (Borrower’s
Indemnity to Lenders), the period beginning on the date on which the relevant Finance
Party paid any sum due and payable under the relevant Letter of Credit and ending on
the date upon which the obligation of such Obligor to pay such sum is discharged shall
be divided into successive periods:

	 	(a)	 	the first three periods being periods of a duration of one
day each, which (other than the first) shall start on the last day of the
preceding such period; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	thereafter, each such period shall start on the last day of
the preceding period and the duration of each of which shall (except as
otherwise provided in this Clause 18) be selected by the Agent;

	 	18.1.2	 	any other amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, or if any
sum due and payable by an Obligor under any judgment of any court in connection
herewith is not paid on the date of such judgment, the period beginning on such due
date or, as the case may be, the date of such judgment and ending on the date upon
which the obligation of such Obligor to pay such sum is discharged shall be divided
into successive periods, each of which (other than the first) shall start on the last
day of the preceding such period and the

- 50 -

 

	 	 	 	duration of each of which shall (except as otherwise provided in this Clause 18)
be selected by the Agent.

	18.2	 	Default Interest
	 
	 	 	An Unpaid Sum:

	 	18.2.1	 	which is a sum referred to in sub-clause 18.1.1 of Clause 18.1 (Default Interest
Periods) above shall bear interest:

	 	(a)	 	during the first three Interest Periods in respect thereof at
LIBOR at the overnight rate on the Quotation Date therefor; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	during each Interest Period thereafter, at the rate per annum
which is three per cent. per annum above LIBOR on the Quotation Date therefor;

	 	18.2.2	 	which is a sum referred to in sub-clause 18.1.2 of Clause 18.1 (Default Interest
Periods) above shall bear interest during each Interest Period in respect thereof at
the rate per annum which is three per cent. per annum above LIBOR, on the Quotation
Date therefor.

	18.3	 	Payment of Default Interest
	 
	 	 	Any interest which shall have accrued under Clause 18.2 (Default Interest) in respect of an
Unpaid Sum shall be due and payable and shall be paid by the Obligor owing such Unpaid Sum
on the last day of each Interest Period in respect thereof or on such other dates as the
Agent may specify by notice to such Obligor.
	 
	18.4	 	Break Costs
	 
	 	 	If any Lender or the Agent on its behalf receives or recovers all or any part of an Unpaid
Sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period relating thereto, the Borrower
shall pay to the Agent on demand for account of such Lender an amount equal to the amount
(if any) by which (a) the additional interest which would have been payable on the amount so
received or recovered had it been received or recovered on the last day of that Interest
Period exceeds (b) the amount of interest which in the opinion of the Agent (acting
reasonably) would have been payable to the Agent on the last day of that Interest Period in
respect of a deposit in the currency of the amount so received or recovered equal to the
amount so received or recovered placed by it with a prime bank in London for a period
starting on the first Business Day following the date of such receipt or recovery and ending
on the last day of that Interest Period.

- 51 -

 

SECTION 7

GUARANTEE

	19.	 	GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY
	 
	19.1	 	Guarantee and indemnity
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

	 	19.1.1	 	guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by the Borrower of all
the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	19.1.2	 	undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever the Borrower does not pay
any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor
shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and
	 
	 	19.1.3	 	indemnifies each Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss
or liability suffered by that Finance Party if any obligation guaranteed by it is or
becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal. The amount of the cost, loss or liability
shall be equal to the amount which that Finance Party would otherwise have been
entitled to recover.

	19.2	 	Continuing guarantee
	 
	 	 	This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of
sums payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate
payment or discharge in whole or in part.
	 
	19.3	 	Reinstatement
	 
	 	 	If any payment by the Borrower or any discharge given by a Finance Party (whether in
respect of the obligations of the Borrower or any security for those obligations or
otherwise) is avoided or reduced as a result of insolvency or any similar event:

	 	19.3.1	 	the liability of the Borrower shall continue as if the payment, discharge,
avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and
	 
	 	19.3.2	 	each Finance Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that
security or payment from the Borrower as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or
reduction had not occurred.

	19.4	 	Waiver of defences
	 
	 	 	The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 19 will not be affected by any act,
omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any
of its obligations under this Clause 19 (without limitation and whether or not known to it
or any Finance Party) including:

	 	19.4.1	 	any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, the Borrower or
other person;
	 
	 	19.4.2	 	the release of the Borrower or any other person under the terms of any
composition or arrangement with any creditor of an Obligor;

- 52 -

 

	 	19.4.3	 	the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or
refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over
assets of, the Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of
any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to
realise the full value of any security;

	 	19.4.4	 	any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or
dissolution or change in the members or status of the Borrower or any other person;
	 
	 	19.4.5	 	any amendment, novation, supplement, extension (whether of maturity or
otherwise) or restatement (in each case however fundamental and of whatsoever nature,
and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other
document or security;
	 
	 	19.4.6	 	any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any
person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or
	 
	 	19.4.7	 	any insolvency or similar proceedings.

	19.5	 	Guarantor Intent
	 
	 	 	Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 19.4 (Waiver of Defences), the Guarantor
expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any
(however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation,
increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or
amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in
connection with any of the following:

	 	19.5.1	 	acquisitions of any nature;
	 
	 	19.5.2	 	increasing working capital;
	 
	 	19.5.3	 	enabling investor distributions to be made;
	 
	 	19.5.4	 	carrying out restructurings;
	 
	 	19.5.5	 	refinancing existing facilities;
	 
	 	19.5.6	 	refinancing any other indebtedness;
	 
	 	19.5.7	 	making facilities available to new borrowers;
	 
	 	19.5.8	 	any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility
or amount might be made available from time to time; and
	 
	 	19.5.9	 	any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

	19.6	 	Immediate recourse
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any
trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security
or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this Clause 19.
This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the
contrary.

- 53 -

 

	19.7	 	Appropriations
	 
	 	 	Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrower under or in connection
with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any
trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

	 	19.7.1	 	refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held
or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of
those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit
(whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to
the benefit of the same; and
	 
	 	19.7.2	 	hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the
Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 19.

	19.8	 	Deferral of Guarantor’s rights
	 
	 	 	Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrower under or in connection
with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise
directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of
performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

	 	19.8.1	 	to be indemnified by the Borrower;
	 
	 	19.8.2	 	to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of the Borrower’s
obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or
	 
	 	19.8.3	 	to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation
or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of
any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance
Documents by any Finance Party.

	 	 	If the Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it
shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all
amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Borrower under or in
connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties
and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for
application in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment mechanics) of this Agreement.
	 
	19.9	 	Additional security
	 
	 	 	This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other
guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

- 54 -

 

SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

	20.	 	REPRESENTATIONS
	 
	 	 	On the date of this Agreement, each Obligor makes to the Finance Parties the
representations and warranties set out in Clauses 20.1 (Corporate Status) to 20.7
(Projections and Assumptions), 20.15 (Insurance Licenses), and Clauses 20.19 (No default)
to 20.23 (No Winding-up) and the Guarantor makes to the Finance Parties the representations
and warranties set out in Clauses 20.8 (Financial Condition) to 20.14 (Compliance with
Statutes and Agreements), 20.16 (Security Documents) and Clauses 20.17 (Properties; Liens;
and Insurance) and 20.18 (Solvency) in each case in relation to itself and (where
applicable) its Significant Subsidiaries.
	 
	20.1	 	Corporate Status
	 
	 	 	It and each of its Significant Subsidiaries:

	 	20.1.1	 	is a duly organised and validly existing corporation or business trust or
other entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organisation
and has the corporate or other organisational power and authority to own its property
and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged and presently proposes
to engage; and
	 
	 	20.1.2	 	has been duly qualified and is authorised to do business and is in good
standing in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified,

	 	 	except, in the case of sub-clauses 20.1.1 (other than in respect of the Obligors or any
other member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document) and 20.1.2, where the
failure to be so qualified, authorised or in good standing, either individually or in the
aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse
Effect.

	20.2	 	Corporate Power and Authority

	 	20.2.1	 	It and each of its subsidiaries that is party to any Finance Document has
the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and
provisions of the Finance Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary
corporate action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of such Finance
Documents.
	 
	 	20.2.2	 	It and each of its subsidiaries that is party to any Finance Document has
duly executed and delivered each Finance Document to which it is a party and, subject
to the Legal Reservations, each such Finance Document constitutes the legal, valid and
binding obligation of such Obligor or such subsidiary enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability thereof may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting
creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity regardless of whether
enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law.

- 55 -

 

	20.3	 	No Contravention of Agreements or Organisational Documents
	 
	 	 	Neither the execution, delivery and performance, by it or any of its subsidiaries that
is party to any Finance Document, of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents to which
it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof, nor the consummation of
the transactions contemplated therein:

	 	20.3.1	 	will contravene any applicable provision of any law, statute, rule,
regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental
instrumentality;
	 
	 	20.3.2	 	will conflict or be inconsistent with or result in any breach of any of the
terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result
in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien
(other than Liens in favour of the Security Trustee pursuant to the Security Documents)
upon any of its property or assets or those of any of its Significant Subsidiaries
pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, credit
agreement or any other material instrument to which it or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets are bound or to
which it may be subject; or
	 
	 	20.3.3	 	will violate any provision of its certificate of incorporation, by-laws or
other organisational documents, nor those of its Significant Subsidiaries.

	20.4	 	Litigation and Environmental Matters
	 
	 	 	There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best of its knowledge,
threatened involving it or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (including with respect to
this Agreement or any other Finance Document) that, either individually or in the aggregate,
have had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. Except for
any matters that, either individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and would not
reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Guarantor nor any of
its Significant Subsidiaries:

	 	20.4.1	 	has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or
comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law;
	 
	 	20.4.2	 	has become subject to any Environmental Liability;
	 
	 	20.4.3	 	has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental
Liability; or
	 
	 	20.4.4	 	knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

	20.5	 	Approvals
	 
	 	 	Any:

	 	20.5.1	 	order, consent, approval, license, authorisation, or validation of, or
filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, any foreign or domestic
governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, which is required
by it or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or
	 
	 	20.5.2	 	third party approval, permit or license required to be obtained by it or any
of its Significant Subsidiaries,

- 56 -

 

	 	 	 	in each case in connection with (i) the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents
or (ii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Finance Document,
has been obtained or effected and is in full force and effect, or will be obtained or
effected within the period required by law.

	20.6	 	Investment Company Act
	 
	 	 	It is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”,
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940 of the US, as amended.

	20.7	 	Projections and Assumptions
	 
	 	 	The financial projections contained in the Business Plan have been prepared based on
good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable and
attainable at the time made, it being recognised by Finance Parties that such projections as
to future events are not to be viewed as facts and are subject to significant uncertainties
and contingencies many of which are beyond the control of the Obligors and that actual
results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the
projected results.

	20.8	 	Financial Condition

	 	20.8.1	 	The Guarantor has heretofore furnished to the Agent (on behalf of the
Lenders) its consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of operations and
comprehensive income, (loss), shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of and for the
fiscal year ended 31 December 2008 reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers, independent
public accountants. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Guarantor and
its consolidated Significant Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in
accordance with US GAAP.
	 
	 	20.8.2	 	As of the Closing Date, nothing has occurred since 31 December 2008 either
individually or in the aggregate, which has resulted in, or would reasonably be
expected to result in, any material adverse condition or any material adverse change
which, in either case, has a Material Adverse Effect, in or affecting:

	 	(a)	 	the business, operations, assets, liabilities or financial condition
of the Guarantor and its Significant Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	the rights and remedies of any Finance Party or the ability of the
Obligors, taken as a whole, to perform their respective obligations owed to
any Finance Party under this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

	20.9	 	Tax Returns and Payments

	 	20.9.1	 	Except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected,
individually or in aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Guarantor and its
Significant Subsidiaries:

	 	(a)	 	have timely filed or caused to be timely filed with the appropriate
taxing authority (taking into account any applicable extension within which to
file) all material income and other material tax returns (including any

- 57 -

 

	 	 	 	statements, forms and reports), domestic and foreign, required to be filed by
the Guarantor and its Significant Subsidiaries; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	have timely paid, collected or remitted or caused to have timely
paid, collected or remitted all material Taxes payable by them which have
become due and assessments which have become due, except for those contested
in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in
accordance with applicable GAAP.

	 	20.9.2	 	To the best knowledge of the Guarantor, there is no action, suit,
proceeding, investigation, audit or claim now pending or proposed or threatened by any
authority regarding any Taxes relating to the Guarantor or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would
reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	 	20.9.3	 	To the best knowledge of the Guarantor, no Tax Liens have been filed and no
claims are pending or proposed or threatened with respect to any Taxes for any taxable
period, except for Liens permitted under Clause 23.14 (Liens) and claims which, either
individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to
have, a Material Adverse Effect.

	20.10	 	Compliance with ERISA

	 	20.10.1	 	Except as, either individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would
not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, the Guarantor and its
ERISA Affiliates:

	 	(a)	 	have fulfilled their respective obligations under the minimum funding
standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in
compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	have not incurred any liability to the PBGC or any Plan or
Multiemployer Plan (other than to make contributions in the ordinary course of
business).

	 	20.10.2	 	Except as, either individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would
not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect:

	 	(a)	 	each Foreign Pension Plan has been maintained in compliance with its
terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes,
rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good
standing with applicable regulatory authorities;
	 
	 	(b)	 	all contributions required to be made with respect to a Foreign
Pension Plan have been timely made;
	 
	 	(c)	 	neither the Guarantor nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has
incurred any obligation in connection with the termination of, or withdrawal
from, any Foreign Pension Plan; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	the present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not
vested) under each Foreign Pension Plan that is required to be funded,
determined

- 58 -

 

	 	 	 	as of the end of the Guarantor’s most recently ended fiscal year on
the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not
exceed the current value of the assets of such Foreign Pension Plan allocable
to such benefit liabilities.

	20.11	 	Subsidiaries

	 	20.11.1	 	Listed in Schedule 14 (Subsidiaries) is a complete and correct list of all
of the subsidiaries of the Guarantor as of the Closing Date, together with, for each
such subsidiary:

	 	(a)	 	the jurisdiction of organisation of such subsidiary;
	 
	 	(b)	 	each person holding direct ownership interests in such subsidiary;
and
	 
	 	(c)	 	the percentage ownership of such subsidiary represented by such
ownership interests.

	 	20.11.2	 	Except as disclosed in Schedule 14 (Subsidiaries), as of the Closing Date,
each of the Guarantor and its Significant Subsidiaries owns, free and clear of Liens,
and has the unencumbered right to vote, all outstanding ownership interests in each
person shown to be held by it in Schedule 14 (Subsidiaries).
	 
	 	20.11.3	 	As of the Closing Date, there are no restrictions on the Guarantor or any
of its Significant Subsidiaries which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transfer of
cash or other assets from any Significant Subsidiary of the Guarantor to the Guarantor,
other than:

	 	(a)	 	prohibitions or restrictions existing under or by reason of this
Agreement or the other Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(b)	 	prohibitions or restrictions existing under or by reason of Legal
Requirements;
	 
	 	(c)	 	prohibitions and restrictions permitted by Schedule 12 (Existing
Intercompany Arrangements and Agreements) or Clause 23.21 (Limitation on
Certain Restrictions on subsidiaries); and
	 
	 	(d)	 	other prohibitions or restrictions which, either individually or in
the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a
Material Adverse Effect.

	20.12	 	Capitalisation
	 
	 	 	As of the Closing Date, the authorised capital stock of:

	 	20.12.1	 	the Borrower consists of 500,000,000 shares, par value $0.0020 per share;
	 
	 	20.12.2	 	the Guarantor consists of 571,428,571.4 shares, par value $0.175 per share.

	20.13	 	Indebtedness
	 
	 	 	As of the Closing Date, the Guarantor and its consolidated Significant Subsidiaries
have no outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money required to be set forth on a quarterly
balance sheet prepared in accordance with US GAAP other than:

- 59 -

 

	 	20.13.1	 	as set forth on the Guarantor’s consolidated balance sheet as of 30
September 2009;
	 
	 	20.13.2	 	borrowings since such date under the revolving credit facilities, letter of
credit facilities and lines of credit of the Guarantor and/or its subsidiaries; and
	 
	 	20.13.3	 	Permitted Subsidiary Indebtedness.

	20.14	 	Compliance with Statutes and Agreements

	 	20.14.1	 	The Guarantor and each of its Significant Subsidiaries is in compliance
with all applicable statutes, regulations, rules and orders of, and all applicable
restrictions imposed by, and has filed or otherwise provided all material reports,
data, registrations, filings, applications and other information required to be filed
with or otherwise provided (or will do so within the period required by law) to, all
governmental bodies, domestic or foreign, in respect of the conduct of its business and
the ownership of its property (including compliance with all applicable Environmental
Laws), except where the failure to comply or file or otherwise provide, either
individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to
have, a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	 	20.14.2	 	All regulatory approvals required by the Guarantor and each of its
Significant Subsidiaries are in full force and effect on the date hereof, except where
the failure of such approvals to be in full force and effect, either individually or in
the aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material
Adverse Effect.
	 
	 	20.14.3	 	The Guarantor and each of its Significant Subsidiaries is in compliance
with all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property,
except where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, has not
had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

	20.15	 	Insurance Licenses

	 	20.15.1	 	There is, in relation to itself and each of its Significant Subsidiaries:

	 	(a)	 	no Insurance License that is the subject of a proceeding for
suspension, revocation or limitation or any similar proceedings;
	 
	 	(b)	 	no sustainable basis for such a suspension, revocation or limitation;
and
	 
	 	(c)	 	no such suspension, revocation or limitation threatened by any
Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority,

	 	 	 	that, in each instance under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above and either
individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have,
a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	 	20.15.2	 	As of the Closing Date, neither it nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries
that is a Regulated Insurance Company transacts any Insurance Business, directly or
indirectly, in any jurisdiction without all Insurance Licenses required by the
Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority in such jurisdiction, except where

- 60 -

 

	 	 	 	the failure to have such Insurance Licenses has not had, and would not reasonably be
expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. For the purposes of this sub-clause
20.15.2, “Insurance Licenses” means material licences (including licences or
certificates of authority from Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authorities), permits or
authorisations to transact insurance and reinsurance business.

	 	20.16	 	Security Documents

	 	20.16.1	 	The Security Documents create, as security for Secured Obligations, valid
and enforceable security interests in and Liens on all of the Collateral, which,
subject to the Legal Reservations and to Liens having priority by operation of law,
rank superior to and prior to the rights of all third persons and subject to no other
Liens.
	 
	 	20.16.2	 	No filings or recordings are required in order to ensure the
enforceability, perfection or priority of the security interests created under the
Security Documents, except for filings or recordings which shall have been previously
made or which are otherwise made within the period prescribed by law for such filings
or recordings.

	20.17	 	Properties; Liens; and Insurance

	 	20.17.1	 	The Guarantor and its Significant Subsidiaries have good title to, or valid
leasehold interests in, all real and personal property material to the businesses of
the Guarantor and its Significant Subsidiaries, taken as a whole except where not
having such title, either individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not
reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	 	20.17.2	 	There exists no Lien (including any Lien arising out of any attachment,
judgment or execution) of any kind, on, in or with respect to any of the
property of the Guarantor or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, in each case
except as expressly permitted by Clause 23.14 (Liens).
	 
	 	20.17.3	 	The Guarantor and its Significant Subsidiaries own, or are licensed to use,
all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property
material to the businesses of the Guarantor and its Significant Subsidiaries, taken as
a whole, and the use thereof by the Guarantor or such Significant Subsidiary does not
infringe upon the rights of any other person, except for any such infringements that,
either individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be
expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	 	20.17.4	 	As of the Closing Date, all premiums due in respect of each material
insurance policy maintained by the Guarantor and its Significant Subsidiaries have been
paid.

	20.18	 	Solvency

	 	20.18.1	 	Each Obligor, taken individually; and
	 
	 	20.18.2	 	the Guarantor and its Significant Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,

	 	 	are, in each case, Solvent.

- 61 -

 

	20.19	 	No default
	 
	 	 	No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the
issuance of any Letter of Credit.
	 
	20.20	 	Deduction of Tax
	 
	 	 	It is not required under the laws of England and Wales, New York or Bermuda, to make
any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance
Document.
	 
	20.21	 	No Filing or Stamp Taxes
	 
	 	 	Under the laws of England and Wales, New York or Bermuda, it is not necessary that the
Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that
jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the
Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents save for:

	 	20.21.1	 	filings in respect of any registerable security created under the Finance
Documents and the payment of registration fees in connection therewith; and
	 
	 	20.21.2	 	any stock transfer taxes which may be payable upon the realisation or
enforcement of all or any part of the Transaction Security.

	20.22	 	Claims Pari Passu

	 	 	Subject to the Legal Reservations, under the laws of Bermuda, the payment obligations
under the Finance Documents of each member of the Group that is party to any Finance
Document, rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and
unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to
companies generally.
	 
	20.23	 	No Winding-up
	 
	 	 	Neither it nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has taken any corporate action nor
have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its
knowledge and belief) threatened against any member of the Group for its winding-up,
dissolution, administration or re-organisation (whether by voluntary arrangement,
scheme of arrangement or otherwise) or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator,
administrative receiver, conservator, custodian, Security Trustee or similar officer of it
or of any or all of its assets or revenues.
	 
	20.24	 	Repetition of Representations
	 
	 	 	The Repeated Representations shall be deemed to be repeated by the relevant Obligor by
reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on:

	 	20.24.1	 	each Utilisation Date; and
	 
	 	20.24.2	 	every six months after such date until the Expiry Date of such Letter of
Credit,

	 	 	and shall at such time be true in all material respects with the same effect as though such
Repeated Representations had been made on such date (it being understood and agreed that any
Repeated Representation which by its terms is made as of a specified date shall be required
to be true in all material respects only as of such specified date and with

- 62 -

 

	 	 	respect to the representations and warranties set out in Clause 20.18 (Solvency), shall be tested by
reference to the then most recent financial statements provided to the Agent pursuant to
Clause 21.1 (Annual Financial Statements) and Clause 21.2 (Quarterly Financial
Statements)) provided that when made by an Obligor on any date other than a Utilisation
Date, the representations and warranties set out in Clause 20.3 (No Contravention of
Agreements or Organisational Documents) shall not be deemed to be untrue in any material
respect unless any contravention, conflict, inconsistency, breach, creation or imposition of
Lien any Lien or violation (as the case may be) as set out therein, would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	21.	 	INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
	 
	21.1	 	Annual Financial Statements
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent (for distribution to the Lenders):

	 	21.1.1	 	as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the close of each
fiscal year of the Guarantor, the consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its
subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements
of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Guarantor and its
subsidiaries for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form the consolidated
figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and accompanied by a
report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers or another independent registered public
accounting firm of recognised national standing selected by the Guarantor (without a
“going concern” or like qualification and without any qualification or exception as to
the scope of such audit), which report shall state that such consolidated financial
statements present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position
of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and their consolidated
results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with US
GAAP and that the audit by such accountants in connection with such consolidated
financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. The Guarantor shall be deemed to have delivered the same to the Agent if the
Guarantor files the same with the SEC via EDGAR and notifies the Agent of such filing;
and
	 
	 	21.1.2	 	as soon as the same becomes available and in any event within 120 days after
the close of each of its financial year, the audited financial statements of the
Managed Syndicate for that financial year.

	21.2	 	Quarterly Financial Statements
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent (for distribution to the Lenders), as soon as
available and in any event within 60 days after the close of each of the first three
quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Guarantor, consolidated balance
sheets of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries as at the end of such period and the related
consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the
Guarantor and its subsidiaries for such period and (in the case of the second and third
quarterly periods) for the period from the beginning of the current fiscal year to the end
of such quarterly period, setting forth in each case in comparative form the consolidated
figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail

- 63 -

 

	 	 	and certified by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor as presenting fairly in all
material respects, in accordance with US GAAP, the information contained therein, subject to
changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of full footnote
disclosure. The Guarantor shall be deemed to have delivered the same to the Agent if the
Guarantor files the same with the SEC via EDGAR and notifies the Agent of such filing.
	 
	21.3	 	Officer’s Certificates
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent (for distribution to the Lenders), at the time
of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Clause 21.1 (Annual Financial
Statements) and Clause 21.2 (Quarterly Financial Statements), a certificate of a Financial
Officer of the Guarantor:

	 	21.3.1	 	certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred or, if any
Default or Event of Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and
any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;
	 
	 	21.3.2	 	setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with
the provisions of Clause 21 (Financial Condition), as at the end of such fiscal year or
quarter, as the case may be;
	 
	 	21.3.3	 	certifying that the Regulated Insurance Companies have, in the opinion of
such Financial Officer maintained adequate reserves;
	 
	 	21.3.4	 	stating whether any change in US GAAP or in the application thereof has
occurred since 31 December 2006 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the
effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate; and
	 
	 	21.3.5	 	it being agreed that a certificate in a form substantially similar to the
Covenant Compliance Calculations delivered by the Guarantor under the Five-Year Secured
Letter of Credit Facility with respect to the fiscal period ended 30 September 2007 (a
copy of which has been provided to the Agent) is acceptable for purposes hereof.

	21.4	 	Quarterly Monitoring Return
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall as soon as the same become available but in any event within 90
days after the end of the fourth quarter and 60 days after the end of the first, second and
third quarters of each financial year of the Managed Syndicate deliver to the Agent in
sufficient copies for the Lenders, the Quarterly Monitoring Return for the Managed
Syndicate.
	 
	21.5	 	Accounting Firm Certificate
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent (for distribution to the Lenders), at the time
of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Clause 21.1 (Annual Financial
Statements) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial
statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of
such financial statements of any default under Clause 22.1 (Financial Condition) (which
certificate may be limited to the extent required by general accounting

- 64 -

 

	 	 	rules or guidelines or the guidelines of the applicable accounting firm, to the extent generally applicable).
	 
	21.6	 	Notice of Event of Default or Litigation
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent (for distribution to the Lenders):

	 	21.6.1	 	promptly after the Borrower or the Guarantor becomes aware of the occurrence
of any Event of Default and/or any event or condition constituting, or which would
reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of an
Authorised Officer of the Guarantor setting forth the details thereof and the actions
which the Guarantor is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto; and
	 
	 	21.6.2	 	promptly after the Borrower or the Guarantor knows of the commencement
thereof, notice of any litigation, dispute or proceeding involving a claim against the
Guarantor and/or any of its subsidiaries which claim has had, or would reasonably be
expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

	21.7	 	SEC Filings
	 
	 	 	Promptly upon the filing thereof and if requested by the Agent, copies of (or, to the
extent same is publicly available via the SEC’s “EDGAR” filing system, written or electronic
notification of the filing of) all publicly available registration statements (other than
the exhibits thereto and any registration statements on Form S-8 or its equivalent) and
annual or quarterly reports which the Guarantor shall have filed with the SEC or any
national securities exchange.
	 
	21.8	 	Borrowing Base Certificate
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent (for distribution to the Lenders), no later
than the tenth Business Day of each calendar month, a Borrowing Base Certificate as of the
last day of the immediately preceding month, executed by an Authorised Signatory of the
Guarantor.
	 
	21.9	 	Release Test Calculations
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 30
days from the date of publication by Lloyd’s of the release test calculations (each, a
“Publication Date”) in each calendar year, deliver to the Agent (for distribution to the
Lenders) a copy of the release test calculations for the Corporate member published by
Lloyd’s on or around such Publication Date (the “Release Test Calculations”).
	 
	21.10	 	Ratings Information
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent (for distribution to the Lenders), promptly
after A.M. Best Company, Inc. shall have announced a downgrade in the financial strength
rating of Validus Reinsurance, Ltd., written notice of such rating change.
	 
	21.11	 	Other Information
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent (for distribution to the Lenders), with
reasonable promptness, such other information or existing documents (financial or otherwise)
as the Agent or any Lender may reasonably request from time to time.

- 65 -

 

	21.12	 	Delivery of Information
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor and each Lender hereby acknowledges and agrees that notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Agent and/or the Borrower and/or
the Guarantor may make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or
on behalf of any Obligor or any other member of the Group that is party to a Finance
Document under this Agreement or any other Finance Document by posting such materials and/or
information on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system reasonably acceptable to the
Agent and the Borrower.
	 
	21.13	 	Books, Records and Inspections
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall:

	 	21.13.1	 	keep, and will cause each of its subsidiaries to keep, proper books of
record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP or
SAP, as applicable, shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its
business and activities which GAAP or SAP, as applicable, requires to be entered
therein; and
	 
	 	21.13.2	 	subject to binding contractual confidentiality obligations of the Obligors
or their subsidiaries to third parties, to Clause 24.7 (Disclosure of Information) and
to Clause 43 (Confidentiality), permit, and will cause each of its subsidiaries to
permit, representatives of the Agent or, following the occurrence of an Event of
Default which is continuing, any Lender (at such Agent or Lender’s expense prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default and at the Borrower’s expense (to the extent invoiced
and reasonable) after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) to visit and
inspect any of their respective properties, to examine their respective books and
records and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their
respective officers, employees and independent public accountants, in each case at such
reasonable times (which shall be, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, during business hours, upon reasonable prior notice to the Agent, which
notice shall be promptly conveyed to the Guarantor) and as often as may reasonably be
desired provided that unless a Default or Event of Default has occurred which is
continuing, such visits and inspections shall not occur more than once in any calendar
year. Each Obligor agrees to (and the Guarantor shall ensure that each other member of
the Group that is party to a Finance Document shall) cooperate and assist in such
visits and inspections. With respect to any such discussions with any independent
public accountants of the Guarantor or its subsidiaries, the Guarantor shall be granted
the opportunity to participate therein.

	21.14	 	“Know your customer” checks

	 	21.14.1	 	If:

	 	(a)	 	the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation,
administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of
this Agreement;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any change in the status of an Obligor or any other member of the
Group that is party to a Finance Document or the composition of the
shareholders

- 66 -

 

	 	 	 	of an Obligor or any other member of the Group that is party to a
Finance Document after the date of this Agreement; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights
and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to
such assignment or transfer,

	 		 	obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any
prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar
identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not
already available to it, each Obligor shall (and, where relevant, shall procure
that each other member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document will)
promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply
of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent
(for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case
of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new
Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described
in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it
has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under
all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in
the Finance Documents.
	 
	 	21.14.2	 	Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure
the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the
Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied
with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable
laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance
Documents.

	22.	 	FINANCIAL CONDITION
	 
	22.1	 	Financial Condition
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall not at any time permit:

	 	22.1.1	 	the Leverage Ratio to be greater than 0.35:1.00; and
	 
	 	22.1.2	 	the Consolidated Net Worth to be less than the Minimum Consolidated Net
Worth Amount in effect at such time.

	22.2	 	Financial Definitions
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
	 
	 	 	“Capital Lease Obligations” of any person means the obligations of such person to pay rent
or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real
or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be
classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under US
GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalised amount thereof determined
in accordance with US GAAP.

- 67 -

 

	 	 	“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, all Indebtedness (other
than (a) Indebtedness described in paragraph (i) of the definition thereof that does not
constitute bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments that are generally recourse with
respect to the Guarantor and its subsidiaries, (b) obligations in respect of undrawn letters
of credit and (c) Indebtedness that is non-recourse with respect to the Guarantor and its
subsidiaries) of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt,
“Consolidated Indebtedness” shall not include contingent obligations of the Guarantor or any
subsidiary as an account party or applicant in respect of any letter of credit or Guarantee unless such letter of credit or Guarantee supports an obligation that
constitutes Indebtedness.
	 
	 	 	“Consolidated Net Worth” means, as of any date of determination, the Net Worth of the
Guarantor and its subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP
after appropriate deduction for any minority interests in subsidiaries including for the
avoidance of doubt the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding preferred (including
without limitation trust preferred) or preference securities or Hybrid Capital of the
Guarantor and its subsidiaries provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of such
preferred or preference securities or Hybrid Capital of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries
shall only be included in Consolidated Net Worth to the extent such amount would be included
in a determination of the consolidated net worth of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries under
the applicable procedures and guidelines of S&P as of the date of this Agreement.
	 
	 	 	“Consolidated Total Capital” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a)
Consolidated Indebtedness and (b) Consolidated Net Worth at such time.
	 
	 	 	“Fronting Arrangement” means an agreement or other arrangement by a Regulated Insurance
Company pursuant to which an insurer or insurers agree to issue insurance policies at the
request or on behalf of such Regulated Insurance Company and such Regulated Insurance
Company assumes the obligations in respect thereof pursuant a Reinsurance Agreement or
otherwise.
	 
	 	 	“Guarantee” of or by any person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation guaranteeing or
intended to guarantee any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (“primary
obligations”) of any other person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or
indirectly, including any obligation of such person, whether or not contingent:

	 	(a)	 	to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or
indirect security therefor;
	 
	 	(b)	 	to advance or supply funds:

	 	(i)	 	for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor
or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor;

- 68 -

 

	 	(c)	 	to purchase or lease property, securities or services primarily for the
purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the
primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation; or
	 
	 	(d)	 	otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such primary obligation
against loss in respect thereof,

	 	 	provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include (i) endorsements of instruments for
deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business and (ii) obligations of any
Regulated Insurance Company under Insurance Contracts, Reinsurance Agreements, Fronting
Arrangements or Retrocession Agreements (including any Liens with respect thereto). The
amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable
amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not
stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof
(assuming such person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such person in
good faith.
	 
	 	 	“Hybrid Capital” means any security that affords equity benefit to the issuer thereof (under
the procedures and guidelines of the S&P) by having ongoing payment requirements that are
more flexible than interest payments associated with conventional indebtedness for borrowed
money and by being contractually subordinated to such indebtedness. For the avoidance of
doubt, the Guarantor’s Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures constitute Hybrid Capital.
	 
	 	 	“Insurance Contract” means any insurance contract or policy issued by a Regulated Insurance
Company but shall not include any Reinsurance Agreement, Fronting Arrangement or
Retrocession Agreement.
	 
	 	 	“Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures” mean the Guarantor’s Junior Subordinated
Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2036 issued under the Junior Subordinated Indenture dated
as of 15 June 2006 between the Guarantor and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association as
trustee, as the same has been and may be amended from time to time, and any substantially
similarly structured security issued by the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries, including
for the avoidance of doubt the Guarantor’s Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest
Debentures due 2037 issued under the Junior Subordinated Indenture dated 21 June 2007
between the Guarantor and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, as the same may be amended
from time to time.
	 
	 	 	“Leverage Ratio” means the ratio of (i) Consolidated Indebtedness to (ii) Consolidated Total
Capital.
	 
	 	 	“Minimum Consolidated Net Worth Amount” shall mean, at any time, an amount which initially
shall be equal to $2,607,219,000, which amount shall be increased immediately following the
last day of each financial quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on 30
September 2009) by (i) an amount (if positive) equal to 50% of the Net Income for such
financial quarter plus (ii) 50% of the net cash proceeds received from any issuance of
shares of common stock of the Guarantor during such financial quarter.

- 69 -

 

	 	 	“Net Income” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to the net income of the Guarantor
and its subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP) for
such period.
	 
	 	 	“Reinsurance Agreement” means any agreement, contract, treaty, certificate or other
arrangement whereby any Regulated Insurance Company agrees to transfer, cede or retrocede to
another insurer or reinsurer all or part of the liability assumed or assets held by such
Regulated Insurance Company under a policy or policies of insurance issued by such Regulated
Insurance Company or under a reinsurance agreement assumed by such Regulated Insurance
Company.
	 
	 	 	“Retrocession Agreement” means any agreement, contract, treaty or other arrangement whereby
one or more insurers or reinsurers, as retrocessionaires, assume liabilities of reinsurers
under a Reinsurance Agreement or other retrocessionaires under another
Retrocession Agreement.
	 
	22.3	 	Financial Testing
	 
	 	 	The financial covenants set out in this Clause 22 shall be tested by reference to each
of the annual audited or quarterly financial statements and/or each officer’s certificate
delivered pursuant to Clause 21.3 (Officer’s Certificates).
	 
	22.4	 	Accounting Terms
	 
	 	 	All accounting expressions which are not otherwise defined herein shall be construed in
accordance with US GAAP or UK GAAP, as applicable, it being understood that insofar as any
test or covenant applies to the Guarantor and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, such
accounting expressions shall be construed in accordance with US GAAP.
	 
	23.	 	GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
	 
	23.1	 	Insurance
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor will maintain, and will cause each of its subsidiaries to maintain
(either in the name of the Guarantor or in the subsidiary’s own name) with financially sound
and reputable insurance companies, insurance on their property in at least such amounts and
against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by
companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses.
	 
	23.2	 	Payment of Taxes and other Obligations
	 
	 	 	Except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected, individually or in
aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Guarantor will pay and discharge, and will
cause each of its subsidiaries to pay and discharge:

	 	23.2.1	 	all material income taxes and all other material taxes, assessments and
governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon
any properties belonging to it; and
	 
	 	23.2.2	 	all other material lawful claims, in each case, on a timely basis prior to
the date on which penalties attach thereto; provided that neither the Guarantor nor any
of its subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or
claim which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it

- 70 -

 

	 	 	 	has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with applicable GAAP.

	23.3	 	Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business

	 	23.3.1	 	The Guarantor shall maintain, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to
maintain, its existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises,
patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its
business, provided that the Guarantor shall not be required to maintain the existence
of any of its subsidiaries or any such rights, licenses, permits, privileges,
franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names:

	 	(a)	 	if the Guarantor shall determine in good faith that the preservation
thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Guarantor
and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	in connection with a Disposition permitted by Clause 23.13
(Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets).

	 	23.3.2	 	The Guarantor will qualify and remain qualified, and cause each of its
subsidiaries to qualify and remain qualified, as a foreign corporation in each
jurisdiction where the Guarantor or such subsidiary, as the case may be, is required to
be qualified, except in those jurisdictions in which the failure to receive or retain
such qualifications, either individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would
not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

	23.4	 	Compliance with Statutes, etc.
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor will, and will cause each subsidiary to, comply with all applicable
statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all
governmental bodies, domestic or foreign, in respect of the conduct of its business and the
ownership of its property (including applicable statutes, regulations, orders and
restrictions relating to environmental standards and controls) other than those the
non-compliance with which, either individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would
not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	23.5	 	ERISA
	 
	 	 	Promptly after the occurrence of any of the events or conditions specified below with
respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, the Guarantor will furnish to the Agent (for
distribution to the Lenders), a certificate of an Authorised Signatory of the Guarantor
setting forth details respecting such event or condition and the action if any, that the
Guarantor or the applicable ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto (and a
copy of any report or notice required to be filed with or given to the PBGC or an applicable
foreign governmental agency by the Guarantor or such ERISA Affiliate with respect to such
event or condition). The events or conditions are:

	 	23.5.1	 	any reportable event, as defined in subsections (c)(1), (2), (5) and (6),
and subsection (d)(2) of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder,
with respect to a Plan;

- 71 -

 

	 	23.5.2	 	the filing under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate
any Plan under a distress termination or the distress termination of any Plan;
	 
	 	23.5.3	 	the institution by the PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for
the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the
receipt by the Guarantor or any of its ERISA Affiliates of a notice from a
Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such
Multiemployer Plan which would reasonably be expected to result in a liability to the
Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries in excess of $15,000,000;
	 
	 	23.5.4	 	the receipt by the Guarantor or any of its ERISA Affiliates of notice from a
Multiemployer Plan that the Guarantor or any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred
withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA in excess of $15,000,000 or that such
Multiemployer Plan is in reorganisation or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245
of ERISA or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA
whereby a deficiency or additional assessment is levied or threatened to be levied in
excess of $15,000,000 against the Guarantor or any of its ERISA Affiliates;
	 
	 	23.5.5	 	the institution of a proceeding by a fiduciary of any Plan or Multiemployer
Plan against the Guarantor or any of its ERISA Affiliates to enforce Section 515 or
4219(c)(5) of ERISA asserting liability in excess of $15,000,000, which proceeding is
not dismissed within 30 days; and
	 
	 	23.5.6	 	that any contribution in excess of $15,000,000 required to be made with
respect to a Foreign Pension Plan has not been timely made, or that the Guarantor or
any of its subsidiaries may incur any liability in excess of $15,000,000 pursuant to
any Foreign Pension Plan (other than to make contributions in the ordinary course of
business).

	23.6	 	Maintenance of Property
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to, maintain all of their
properties and assets in good condition, repair and working order, ordinary wear and
tear excepted, except where failure to maintain the same, either individually or in the
aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse
Effect.
	 
	23.7	 	Maintenance of Licenses and Permits
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to, maintain all permits,
licenses and consents as may be required for the conduct of its business by any state,
federal or local government agency or instrumentality, except where failure to maintain the
same, either individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be
expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	23.8	 	Collateral; Further Assurances
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver to the Agent such documents
and assurances and take such further action as the Agent may from time to time reasonably
request in order to carry out more effectively the intent and purpose of the Finance
Documents and to establish, protect and perfect the rights and remedies created

- 72 -

 

	 	 	or intended to be created in favour of the Finance Parties pursuant to the Finance
Documents.

	23.9	 	Substitution of Letters of Credit
	 
	 	 	Upon any Lender assigning or transferring the whole or any part of its Commitment in
accordance with Clause  25 (Changes to the Lenders) the Borrower shall use all commercially
reasonable endeavours to procure that Lloyd’s accepts a new Letter of Credit issued by the
new Lenders party to that Letter of Credit in replacement for the original Letter of Credit
and such original Letter of Credit is returned to the Agent.
	 
	23.10	 	Application of Funds at Lloyd’s and Cash Calls
	 
	 	 	The Managing Agent shall, before applying the Funds at Lloyd’s of that Account Party in the
payment of any claims, expenses or outgoings made or incurred in connection with its
underwriting business, make a request for funds of the Account Party in its capacity as a
member of the Managed Syndicate.
	 
	23.11	 	Funds at Lloyd’s compliance
	 
	 	 	Each Obligor shall:

	 	23.11.1	 	ensure the Own FAL of the Account Party shall consist of acceptable assets (as such
phrase is defined in paragraph 8 of the Membership and Underwriting Conditions and
requirements (Funds at Lloyd’s));
	 
	 	23.11.2	 	ensure that its Own FAL shall be revalued by Lloyd’s in accordance with Lloyd’s
usual practice on 31 December in each year and on each of the Publication Dates
referred to in Clause  21.9 (Release Test Calculations); and
	 
	 	23.11.3	 	ensure that, subject to any claims or losses of the Account Party arising on or
after the date of this Agreement in the ordinary course of its insurance business, Own
FAL of the Account Party shall not at any time be less than $300,000,000.

	23.12	 	Changes in Business or Organisational Documents
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall not, and shall ensure that none of its subsidiaries will, engage
(directly or indirectly) in any business other than:

	 	23.12.1	 	businesses in which they are engaged (or proposed to be engaged) as of the date of
this Agreement and reasonable extensions thereof;
	 
	 	23.12.2	 	other specialty insurance and structured risk insurance and reinsurance product
lines; and
	 
	 	23.12.3	 	any other businesses that are complementary or reasonably related thereto and the
conduct of business incidental thereto.

	23.13	 	Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets

	 	23.13.1	 	The Guarantor shall not, and shall ensure that none of its subsidiaries will,
consolidate or merge with or into any other person, or permit any other person to merge
into or consolidate with it; provided that:

	 	(a)	 	the Guarantor may merge with another person, if:

- 73 -

 

	 	(i)	 	the Guarantor is the entity surviving such
merger; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	immediately after giving effect to such merger,
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

	 	(b)	 	any subsidiary of the Guarantor may merge with another
person, if:

	 	(i)	 	such subsidiary is the entity surviving (or, in
the case of an amalgamation, continues immediately following) such
merger; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	immediately after giving effect to such merger,
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
and

	 	(c)	 	Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Guarantor may merge with one
another.

	 	23.13.2	 	In addition, the Guarantor shall not, and shall ensure that none of its subsidiaries
will, sell, convey, assign, lease, abandon or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
voluntarily or involuntarily, any of its properties or assets, tangible or intangible
(each, a “Disposition”), except:

	 	(a)	 	Dispositions in the ordinary course of its business;
	 
	 	(b)	 	such Dispositions by:

	 	(i)	 	the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries of any
of their respective properties or assets to the Guarantor or any
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	IPC or any of its subsidiaries of any of their
respective properties or assets to IPC or any of its other subsidiaries;
and

	 	(c)	 	subject to Clause  23.3 (Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of
Business), the dissolution or winding up of any subsidiary other than an
Obligor or the Account Party;
	 
	 	(d)	 	Dispositions of used, worn out, obsolete or surplus property
of the Guarantor or any subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
	 
	 	(e)	 	licenses (as licensor) of intellectual property so long as
such licenses do not materially interfere with the business of the Guarantor
or any of its subsidiaries;
	 
	 	(f)	 	Dispositions of Cash, Cash Equivalents and investment
securities (including pursuant to any securities lending arrangements
permitted by sub-clause  23.14.21 of Clause  23.14 (Liens) and including in
connection with the posting of collateral in connection with this Agreement or
in connection with the Five-Year Secured Letter of Credit Facility, the
Three-Year Unsecured Letter of Credit Facility or the IPC Facilities);
	 
	 	(g)	 	releases, surrenders or waivers of contracts, torts or other
claims of any kind as a result of the settlement of any litigation or
threatened litigation;

- 74 -

 

	 	(h)	 	the granting or existence of Liens permitted under this
Agreement;
	 
	 	(i)	 	leases or subleases of real property so long as such leases
or subleases do not materially interfere with the business of the Guarantor or
any of its subsidiaries;
	 
	 	(j)	 	Dividends permitted under Clause  23.19 (Restricted
Payments);
	 
	 	(k)	 	ceding of insurance or reinsurance in the ordinary course of
business; and
	 
	 	(l)	 	other Dispositions of assets with a fair market value which
in the aggregate do not exceed 10 per cent. of the lesser of the book or fair
market value of the property and assets of the Guarantor determined on a
consolidated basis as of the last day of the previous financial year of the
Guarantor provided that immediately after giving effect (including pro forma
effect) to any Disposition made pursuant to this sub-paragraph  (l), no Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,

	 	 	 	provided that for the avoidance of doubt, Dispositions of Collateral shall only be
made to the extent permitted under Sections 4.04 or 4.05 of the Security Agreement
and nothing in this Clause  23.13.2 shall serve as a waiver or modification of the
requirements under Clause 9 (Collateralisation of Letters of Credit).

	23.14	 	Liens
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall not, and shall ensure that none of its subsidiaries will, permit,
create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset tangible or intangible now
owned or hereafter acquired by it, except:

	 	23.14.1	 	Liens existing on the date of this Agreement and listed in Schedule 11 (Existing
Liens) hereto, including any amendment or variation thereof (except to the extent that
such amendment or variation results in an increase of the principal amount secured by
such Lien);
	 
	 	23.14.2	 	Liens securing repurchase agreements constituting a borrowing of funds by the
Guarantor or any subsidiary of the Guarantor in the ordinary course of business for
liquidity purposes and in no event for a period exceeding 90 days in each case;
	 
	 	23.14.3	 	Liens arising pursuant to purchase money mortgages, capital leases or security
interests securing Indebtedness representing the purchase price (or financing of the
purchase price within 90 days after the respective purchase) of assets acquired by any
Obligor or any of its subsidiaries;
	 
	 	23.14.4	 	Liens on any asset of any person existing at the time such person is merged or
consolidated with or into, or otherwise acquired by, the Guarantor or any of its
subsidiaries or becomes a member of the Group or at the time of acquisition of such
asset by the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries and not created in contemplation of
such event;

- 75 -

 

	 	23.14.5	 	Liens securing obligations owed by the Guarantor to any of its subsidiaries or owed
by any subsidiary of the Guarantor to the Guarantor or any other subsidiary of the
Guarantor, in each case solely to the extent that such Liens are required by an
Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority for such person to maintain such obligations;
	 
	 	23.14.6	 	Liens securing insurance or reinsurance obligations of subsidiaries of the Guarantor
owed by such subsidiary to the Guarantor or any other subsidiary of the Guarantor, in
each case solely to the extent that such Liens are required or requested by rating
agencies, regulatory agencies, clients or brokers for such person to maintain such
insurance and reinsurance obligations;
	 
	 	23.14.7	 	Liens on investments and cash balances of any Regulated Insurance Company securing
obligations of such Regulated Insurance Company in respect of trust or similar
arrangements formed, letters of credit issued or funds withheld balances established,
in each case, in the ordinary course of business for the benefit of policyholders or
cedents to secure insurance or reinsurance recoverables owed to them by such Regulated
Insurance Company;
	 
	 	23.14.8	 	inchoate Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due
or Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies being contested in
good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been
established in accordance with applicable GAAP;
	 
	 	23.14.9	 	Liens in respect of property or assets of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries
imposed by law, which were incurred in the ordinary course of business and do not
secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s,
materialmen’s and mechanics’ liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary
course of business, and:

	 	(a)	 	which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the
value of the Guarantor or such subsidiary’s property or assets or materially
impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of the Guarantor or
such subsidiary; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or
sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien;

	 	23.14.10	 	licenses, sublicenses, leases, or subleases granted to other persons not materially
interfering with the conduct of the business of the Guarantor or any of its
subsidiaries;
	 
	 	23.14.11	 	easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments and other similar charges or
encumbrances, and minor title deficiencies, in each case not securing Indebtedness and
not materially interfering with the conduct of the business of the Guarantor or any of
its subsidiaries;
	 
	 	23.14.12	 	Liens arising out of the existence of judgments or awards not constituting an Event
of Default under Clause  24.7 (Judgments);

- 76 -

 

	 	23.14.13	 	Liens (other than Liens imposed under ERISA) incurred in the ordinary course of
business in connection with workers compensation claims, unemployment insurance and
social security benefits and Liens securing the performance of bids, reinsurance
obligations, tenders, leases and contracts in the ordinary course of business,
statutory obligations, surety bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like
nature incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice
(exclusive of obligations in respect of payment for borrowed money);
	 
	 	23.14.14	 	bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with
respect to Cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by
the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries, in each case granted in the ordinary course
of business in favour of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained;
	 
	 	23.14.15	 	Liens arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding of any
Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by any of the clauses of this Clause  23.14
(Liens), provided that such Indebtedness is not increased and is not secured by any
additional assets;
	 
	 	23.14.16	 	Liens created pursuant to the Finance Documents, Liens created pursuant to the
Five-Year Secured Letter of Credit Facility or the Three-Year Unsecured Letter of
Credit Facility and Liens created pursuant to the IPC Facilities;
	 
	 	23.14.17	 	Liens in respect of property or assets of any subsidiary of the Guarantor securing
Indebtedness of the type described in paragraph (e) of the definition of “Permitted
Subsidiary Indebtedness”;
	 
	 	23.14.18	 	Liens in respect of property or assets of any subsidiary of the Guarantor securing
Indebtedness of the type described in paragraph (i) of the definition of “Permitted
Subsidiary Indebtedness” provided that:

	 	(a)	 	the aggregate amount of such Liens (measured, as to each such
Lien permitted under this sub-clause  23.14.18, as the greater of the amount
secured by such Lien and the fair market value at such time of the assets
subject to such Lien) shall not, when added to the aggregate amount of all
Liens (measured as set forth in this sub-clause  23.14.18) incurred pursuant
to sub-clause  23.14.26 and the aggregate amount of outstanding unsecured
Indebtedness of subsidiaries incurred pursuant to paragraph (i) of the
definition of “Permitted Subsidiary Indebtedness”, exceed at any time 5 per
cent. of Consolidated Net Worth at the time of incurrence of any new Liens
under this sub-clause  23.14.18; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of any Lien
pursuant to this sub-clause  23.14.18, no Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing;

	 	23.14.19	 	Liens on assets received by or of the Guarantor or its subsidiaries and held in
trust in respect of, or deposited or segregated to secure, liabilities assumed in

- 77 -

 

	 	 	 	the course of the reinsurance business or under any Insurance Contracts,
Reinsurance Agreements, Fronting Arrangements or other indemnity arrangements
entered in the ordinary course of business, Liens on assets held in any Lloyd’s
Trust Fund and/or Liens on assets held in any insurance brokering account;
	 
	 	23.14.20	 	Liens not securing indebtedness for borrowed money on Cash and securities arising
in the ordinary course of business in connection with the structured risk insurance and
reinsurance product lines of the Guarantor or its subsidiaries;
	 
	 	23.14.21	 	Liens arising in connection with securities lending arrangements entered into by
the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries with financial institutions in the ordinary
course of business so long as any securities subject to any such securities lending
arrangement do not constitute Collateral;
	 
	 	23.14.22	 	any title transfer or retention of title arrangement entered into by any member of
the Group in the normal course of its trading activities on the counterparty’s standard
or usual terms;
	 
	 	23.14.23	 	any Lien over or affecting any asset forming part of a trust fund (or whose
proceeds will form part of a trust fund) which is held subject to the provisions of any
deed or agreement of the kind referred to in sub-clause  23.14.24 below, where such
Lien is created to secure obligations arising under a Syndicate Arrangement;
	 
	 	23.14.24	 	any Lien granted or subsisting under any deed or agreement required by Lloyd’s to
be executed or entered into by or on behalf of a member of the Group in connection with
its insurance business at Lloyd’s;
	 
	 	23.14.25	 	Liens pursuant to any agreement entered into from time to time between the Managing
Agent and any custodian and any investment manager of or in respect of the syndicate’s
assets; and
	 
	 	23.14.26	 	without duplication of the Liens described in sub-clauses  23.14.1 through
 23.14.25 above, additional Liens securing obligations of the Guarantor or its
subsidiaries provided that:

	 	(a)	 	the aggregate amount of such Liens (measured, as to each such
Lien permitted under this sub-clause  23.14.26, as the greater of the amount
secured by such Lien and the fair market value at such time of the assets
subject to such Lien) shall not, when added to the aggregate amount of all
Liens (measured as set forth in this sub-clause  23.14.26, above) incurred
pursuant to sub-clause  23.14.18 and the aggregate amount of outstanding
unsecured Indebtedness of subsidiaries of the Guarantor incurred pursuant to
paragraph (i) of the definition of “Permitted Subsidiary Indebtedness”, exceed
at any time 5 per cent. of Consolidated Net Worth at the time of incurrence of
any new Liens under this sub-clause  23.14.26; and

- 78 -

 

	 	(b)	 	immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of any Lien
pursuant to this sub-clause  23.14.26, no Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing.

	23.15	 	Indebtedness

	 	23.15.1	 	The Guarantor shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness,
or agree, become or remain liable (contingent or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing,
except for the Indebtedness under the Finance Documents, Indebtedness under the
Five-Year Secured Letter of Credit Facility, Indebtedness under the Three-Year
Unsecured Letter of Credit Facility, Indebtedness under the IPC Facilities and other
Indebtedness which either ranks pari passu with, or subordinate in right of payment to,
any such Indebtedness (it being understood that unsecured Indebtedness is not
subordinate to secured Indebtedness solely because it is unsecured, and Indebtedness
that is not guaranteed by a particular person is not deemed to be subordinate to
Indebtedness that is so guaranteed solely because it is not so guaranteed).
	 
	 	23.15.2	 	The Guarantor shall ensure that none of its subsidiaries will create, incur, assume
or permit to exist any Indebtedness, or agree, become or remain liable (contingent or
otherwise) to do any of the foregoing, except for Permitted Subsidiary Indebtedness.

	23.16	 	Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall not, and shall ensure that none of its subsidiaries will, enter into any
arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or
personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and
thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for
substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, except for
any such sale of any fixed or capital assets by the Guarantor or any subsidiary that is made
for cash consideration in an amount not less than the fair value of such fixed or capital
asset and is consummated within 90 days after the Guarantor or any subsidiary acquires or
completes the construction of such fixed or capital asset, provided that, if such sale and
leaseback results in a Capital Lease Obligation, such Capital Lease Obligation is permitted
by Clause  23.15 (Indebtedness) and any Lien made the subject of such Capital Lease
Obligation is permitted by Clause  23.14 (Liens); provided, that this Clause  23.16 shall
not prohibit Capital Markets Products entered into in the ordinary course of business and
not for speculative purposes.
	 
	23.17	 	Issuance of Stock
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall not, and shall ensure that none of its subsidiaries will, directly or
indirectly issue, sell, assign, pledge, or otherwise encumber or dispose of any shares of
its preferred or preference equity securities or options to acquire preferred or preference
equity securities, except the issuance of preferred (including trust preferred) or
preference equity securities or Hybrid Capital, so long as:

	 	23.17.1	 	either:

	 	(a)	 	no part of such preferred or preference equity securities or
Hybrid Capital is mandatorily redeemable (whether on a scheduled basis or as a
result of

- 79 -

 

	 	 	 	the occurrence of any event or circumstance) prior to the date occurring six
months after 31 December 2014; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	all such preferred or preference equity securities or Hybrid
Capital or options therefor are issued to and held by the Guarantor or its
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries; and

	 	23.17.2	 	such preferred or preference equity securities or Hybrid Capital do not contain any
financial performance related covenants or incurrence covenants which restrict the
operations of the issuer thereof,

	 	 	provided that such preferred or preference securities or Hybrid Capital may contain
financial performance related covenants or incurrence covenants which are no more
restrictive (taken as a whole) than the terms, provisions and covenants contained herein
(taken as a whole). For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause  23.17 does not relate to
ordinary or common equity or options relating thereto.
	 
	23.18	 	Dissolution
	 
	 	 	No Obligor shall suffer or permit its dissolution or liquidation either in whole or in part,
except through a corporate reorganisation to the extent permitted by Clause  23.13
(Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets).
	 
	23.19	 	Restricted Payments

	 	23.19.1	 	The Guarantor shall not declare or pay any dividends, purchase, redeem, retire,
defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Interests now or hereafter
outstanding, return any capital to its stockholders, partners or members (or the
equivalent persons thereof) as such, make any distribution of assets, Equity Interests,
obligations or securities to its stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent
persons thereof) as such, or permit any of its subsidiaries to purchase, redeem,
retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interests in the Guarantor or
to sell any Equity Interests therein (each of the foregoing a “Dividend” and,
collectively, “Dividends”) provided that this Clause  23.19 shall not prohibit
Dividends so long as before and after giving effect (including pro forma effect)
thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
	 
	 	23.19.2	 	Notwithstanding sub-clause  23.19.1 above, the Guarantor may declare and pay cash
dividends or distributions in respect of:

	 	(a)	 	any trust preferred security, deferrable interest
subordinated debt security, mandatory convertible debt or other hybrid
security (including Hybrid Capital) that, at the time of issuance thereof or
at any time prior to the initial dividend or distribution thereunder, was
accorded equity treatment by S&P; and/or
	 
	 	(b)	 	any Preferred Security,

	 	 	 	if, at the time of and after giving pro forma effect to such dividend or
distribution, no Event of Default under Clause  24.1 (Failure to Pay), sub-clause

- 80 -

 

	 	 	 	 24.4.1 of Clause  24.4 (Default under other Agreements) or Clause  24.5
(Bankruptcy, etc) shall have occurred and be continuing.

	23.20	 	Transactions with Affiliates
	 
	 	 	Neither the Guarantor nor any of its subsidiaries shall enter into or be a party to, a
transaction with any Affiliate of the Guarantor or such subsidiary (which Affiliate is not
the Guarantor or a subsidiary thereof) involving aggregate payments or consideration (with
respect to any single or series of related transactions) in excess of $1,000,000, except:

	 	23.20.1	 	transactions with Affiliates on terms not materially less favourable to the
Guarantor or such subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable
transaction on an arm’s length basis from an unrelated person;
	 
	 	23.20.2	 	Dividends not prohibited by Clause  23.19 (Restricted Payments);
	 
	 	23.20.3	 	fees and compensation paid to and indemnities provided on behalf of officers and
directors of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries as reasonably determined in good
faith by the board of directors, the audit committee or senior management of the
Guarantor; and
	 
	 	23.20.4	 	any Existing Affiliate Transaction and amendments thereto that are not materially
adverse to the Lenders, as reasonably determined by the board of directors of the
Guarantor, a duly authorised committee thereof or an authorised officer of the
Guarantor.

	23.21	 	Limitation on Certain Restrictions on subsidiaries
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor shall not, and shall ensure that none of its subsidiaries will, directly or
indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance
or restriction on the ability of any such subsidiary to:

	 	23.21.1	 	pay dividends or make any other distributions on its capital stock or any other
interest or participation in its profits owned by the Guarantor or any of its
subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries;
	 
	 	23.21.2	 	make loans or advances to the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries; or
	 
	 	23.21.3	 	transfer any of its properties or assets to the Guarantor or any of its
subsidiaries,

	 	 	except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

	 	(a)	 	applicable Legal Requirements, including any Applicable
Insurance Regulatory Authority;
	 
	 	(b)	 	this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(c)	 	customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of
any lease governing any leasehold interest of the Guarantor or any of its
subsidiaries;

- 81 -

 

	 	(d)	 	customary provisions restricting assignment of any licensing
agreement (in which the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries is the licensee)
or other contract (including leases) entered into by the Guarantor or any of
its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
	 
	 	(e)	 	restrictions on the transfer of any asset pending the close
of the sale of such asset;
	 
	 	(f)	 	restrictions on the transfer of any asset as a result of a
Lien permitted by Clause  23.14 (Liens);
	 
	 	(g)	 	agreements entered into by a Regulated Insurance Company with
an Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority or ratings agency in the ordinary
course of business;
	 
	 	(h)	 	customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited
liability company organisational governance documents, joint venture
agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of
business that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such
partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or similar person;
	 
	 	(i)	 	restrictions on Cash or other deposits or net worth imposed
by customers under contracts (including Insurance Contracts, Fronting
Arrangements and Reinsurance Agreements) entered into in the ordinary course
of business, pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Permitted
Subsidiary Indebtedness of the type described in paragraph (d) of the
definition thereof if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such
agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favourable to
the Finance Parties than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the
Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(j)	 	any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments or
refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in
paragraph (i) above provided that such amendments or refinancings are no more
materially restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than
those prior to such amendment or refinancing;
	 
	 	(k)	 	restrictions placed in accordance with the Segregated Account
Companies Act 2000 of Bermuda on the transfer of any asset held, carried or
deposited in a segregated account of a Protected Cell Company;
	 
	 	(l)	 	restrictions contained in the Five-Year Secured Letter of
Credit Facility, restrictions contained in the Three-Year Unsecured Letter of
Credit Facility and restrictions contained in the IPC Facilities;
	 
	 	(m)	 	agreements and arrangements listed in Schedule 12 (Existing
Intercompany Agreements and Arrangements); and
	 
	 	(n)	 	agreements or arrangements in respect of:

- 82 -

 

	 	(i)	 	assets held in trust in any Lloyd’s Trust Fund;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	assets held in any insurance brokering account;
and/or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	assets held in trust for the benefit of an
insured party pursuant to an insurance or reinsurance arrangement
entered into in the ordinary course of business.

	23.22	 	Private Act
	 
	 	 	No Obligor will become subject to a Private Act.
	 
	23.23	 	End of Financial Years; Financial Quarters
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor will cause:

	 	23.23.1	 	each of its, and each of its material subsidiaries’, financial years to end on
December 31 of each year; and
	 
	 	23.23.2	 	each of its, and each of its material subsidiaries’, financial quarters to end on
dates which are consistent with a financial year end as described above.

	23.24	 	Condition subsequent
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall, as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event within 5 Business
Days from the date on which it becomes available, deliver to the Agent a copy of the next
monthly valuation report produced by Lloyd’s following the date of the Amendment Agreement,
evidencing that the value of the Own FAL of the Account Party is no less than $300,000,000.
	 
	24.	 	EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	 
	 	 	Each of the events of circumstances set out in this Clause  24 (other than Clause  24.14
(Acceleration and Cancellation)) is an Event of Default.
	 
	24.1	 	Failure to Pay
	 
	 	 	An Obligor shall:

	 	24.1.1	 	default in the payment when due of any Unpaid Sum payable pursuant to sub-clause
 7.1.1 of Clause  7.1 (Borrower’s Indemnity to Lenders), unless such default is caused
by a Disruption Event and payment is subsequently made within three Business Days of
its due date;
	 
	 	24.1.2	 	default, and such default shall continue for three more Business Days, in the payment
when due of any interest on any Unpaid Sum payable pursuant to sub-clause  7.1.1 of
Clause  7.1 (Borrower’s Indemnity to Lenders); or
	 
	 	24.1.3	 	default, and such default shall continue for five or more Business Days, in the
payment when due of any fees or any other amounts payable hereunder or pursuant to any
other Finance Documents.

	24.2	 	Representations, etc.
	 
	 	 	Any representation, warranty or statement made (or deemed made) by any Obligor or any other
member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document herein or in any other Finance
Document or in any certificate or statement delivered or required to be

- 83 -

 

	 	 	delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the
date as of which made or deemed made, and such misrepresentation or breach, or the
circumstances giving rise to it, if capable of remedy is not remedied within 10 Business
Days of the earlier of the relevant Obligor or other member of the Group becoming aware of
it and the Agent giving notice to the relevant Obligor or other member of the Group
requiring such remedy.
	 
	24.3	 	Covenants
	 
	 	 	Any Obligor or other member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document shall:

	 	24.3.1	 	default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement
contained in Clause  21.6 (Notice of Default or Litigation), sub-clause  21.13.2 of
Clause  21.13 (Books, Records and Inspections), sub-clause  23.3.1 of Clause  23.3
(Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business) or Clause  9.1 (Letters of Credit); or
	 
	 	24.3.2	 	default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement
(other than those referred to in Clause  24.1 (Failure to pay), Clause  24.2
(Representations, etc.) and sub-clause  24.3.1 of this Clause  24.3) contained in this
Agreement or any other Finance Document and such default shall continue unremedied for
a period of 30 days after written notice to the Borrower from the Agent or the Majority
Lenders.

	24.4	 	Default under other Agreements
	 
	 	 	Any Obligor, any Regulated Insurance Company or any material subsidiary of Validus
Reinsurance, Ltd. shall:

	 	24.4.1	 	default in any payment of principal or interest with respect to Indebtedness (other
than any Indebtedness hereunder) in excess of $50,000,000 individually or in the
aggregate (such Indebtedness being “Material Indebtedness”); or
	 
	 	24.4.2	 	default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to
any such Material Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing,
securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the
effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the
holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of
such holder or holders) to cause (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of
time or both), any such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated
maturity.

	24.5	 	Bankruptcy, etc.

	 	24.5.1	 	Any Obligor, any Regulated Insurance Company or any material subsidiary of Validus
Reinsurance, Ltd. shall commence a voluntary case concerning itself under Title 11 of
the US Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor
thereto (the “Bankruptcy Code”);

	 	24.5.2	 	an involuntary case is commenced against any such person and the petition is not
dismissed within 60 days, after commencement of the case;

- 84 -

 

	 	24.5.3	 	a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code) is appointed for, or takes charge of,
all or substantially all of the property of any such person or any such person
commences (including by way of applying for or consenting to the appointment of, or the
taking of possession by, a rehabilitator, receiver, custodian, bankruptcy trustee,
conservator or liquidator (collectively, a “conservator”) of itself or all or any
substantial portion of its property) any other proceeding under any reorganisation,
arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency,
liquidation, rehabilitation, supervision, conservatorship or similar law of any
jurisdiction or the Bermuda Companies Law whether now or hereafter in effect relating
to any such person;
	 
	 	24.5.4	 	any such proceeding is commenced against any such person and such proceeding is not
dismissed within 60 days;
	 
	 	24.5.5	 	any such person is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other
order approving any such case or proceeding is entered;
	 
	 	24.5.6	 	any such person suffers any appointment of any conservator or the like for it or any
substantial part of its property which continues undischarged or unstayed for a period
of 60 days; or
	 
	 	24.5.7	 	any such person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any
corporate action is taken by any such person for the purpose of effecting any of the
foregoing.

	24.6	 	ERISA

	 	24.6.1	 	An event or condition specified in sub-clauses  23.5.1 to  23.5.6 Clause  23.5
(ERISA) shall occur or exist with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or Foreign
Pension Plan;
	 
	 	24.6.2	 	the Guarantor or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall fail to pay when due any amount
which they shall have become liable to pay to the PBGC or to a Plan or a Multiemployer
Plan under Title IV of ERISA; or
	 
	 	24.6.3	 	a condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be entitled to obtain a
decree adjudicating that any Plan must be terminated,

	 	 	and as a result of such event, failure or condition, together with all such other events,
failures or conditions, the Guarantor or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall be reasonably
likely to incur a liability to a Plan, a Multiemployer Plan, a Foreign Pension Plan or PBGC
(or any combination of the foregoing) in an aggregate amount of $50,000,000 or more.
	 
	24.7	 	Judgments
	 
	 	 	One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Guarantor, any Regulated
Insurance Company or any material subsidiary of Validus Reinsurance, Ltd. involving a
liability, net of undisputed insurance and reinsurance, of $50,000,000 or more in the case
of any one such judgment or decree or in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees
for such person and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated,

- 85 -

 

	 	 	discharged, satisfied, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry
thereof.
	 
	24.8	 	Insurance Licenses
	 
	 	 	Any one or more Insurance Licenses of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries shall be
suspended, limited or terminated or shall not be renewed, or any other action shall be taken
by any Governmental Authority, and such suspension, limitation, termination, non-renewal or
action, either individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to
have, a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	24.9	 	Change of Control
	 
	 	 	A Change of Control shall occur.
	 
	24.10	 	Security Documents

	 	24.10.1	 	Any Security Document shall cease to be in full force and effect, or shall cease to
give the Security Trustee the Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be
created thereby (including a first priority security interest in, and Lien on, all of
the Collateral subject thereto, in favour of the Security Trustee, subject to the Legal
Reservations and to Liens having priority by operation of law, superior to and prior to
the rights of all third persons and subject to no other Liens), except to the extent
resulting from the Security Trustee’s failure to maintain possession of Collateral
delivered to it by any Obligor, any of their respective subsidiaries or the Account
Party; or
	 
	 	24.10.2	 	any other pledgor thereunder shall default in the due performance or observance of:

	 	(a)	 	any material term, covenant or agreement on its part to be
performed or observed pursuant to any Security Document; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	any other term, covenant or agreement on its part to be
performed or observed pursuant to any Security Document and such default shall
continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice to the
Borrower from the Agent or the Majority Lenders.

	24.11	 	Validus Guarantee
	 
	 	 	The Validus Guarantee or any provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect and
the same is not remedied within 15 Business Days after the Agent has given written notice to
the Guarantor of such defect, or any person acting by or on behalf of the Guarantor shall
deny or disaffirm in writing the Guarantor’s obligations under the Validus Guarantee.
	 
	24.12	 	Unlawfulness
	 
	 	 	It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor or any other member of the Group to perform any of
its financial obligations under the Finance Documents or any Transaction Security created or
expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective.

- 86 -

 

	24.13	 	Repudiation
	 
	 	 	An Obligor or any other member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document repudiates
that Finance Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to
repudiate a Finance Document or any of the Transaction Security or denies or disaffirms its
enforceability.
	 
	24.14	 	Acceleration and Cancellation
	 
	 	 	Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter while that Event of
Default is continuing, the Agent may (and, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, shall)
by written notice to the Guarantor, take any or all of the following actions, without
prejudice to the rights of the Agent or any Lender to enforce its claims against any
Obligor, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement (provided that if
an Event of Default specified in Clause  24.5 (Bankruptcy, Etc.) shall occur with respect to
any Obligor, the result which would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Agent as
specified in sub-clauses  24.14.1 through  24.14.5 below shall occur automatically without
the giving of any such notice):

	 	24.14.1	 	require the Borrower to procure that the liabilities of the Lenders under each
Letter of Credit are promptly reduced to zero (whereupon the Borrower shall do so);
and/or
	 
	 	24.14.2	 	declare that any unutilised portion of the Facility shall be cancelled, whereupon
the same shall be cancelled and the Available Commitment of each Lender shall be
reduced to zero; and/or
	 
	 	24.14.3	 	require the Borrower to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that all Letters of
Credit are cancelled and returned by Lloyd’s to the Agent; and/or
	 
	 	24.14.4	 	direct the Security Trustee to enforce any or all of the Liens and security
interests created pursuant to the Security Documents and/or exercise any of the rights
and remedies provided therein; and/or
	 
	 	24.14.5	 	deliver a Notice of Non-Extension to Lloyd’s in relation to each Letter of Credit
then outstanding.

- 87 -

 

SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

	25.	 	CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
	 
	25.1	 	Assignments and transfers by the Lenders
	 
	 	 	Subject to this Clause  25, a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may, with the prior written
consent of the Guarantor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

	 	25.1.1	 	assign any of its rights; or
	 
	 	25.1.2	 	transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

	 	 	to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is
regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in
loans, securities or other financial assets (the “New Lender”) provided that no such
assignment or transfer may be made unless it is to an Approved Credit Institution.
	 
	25.2	 	Conditions of assignment or transfer

	 	25.2.1	 	The consent of the Guarantor is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing
Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is:

	 	(a)	 	to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

	 	25.2.2	 	The consent of the Guarantor to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed. The Guarantor will be deemed to have given its consent five
Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly
refused by the Guarantor within that time.
	 
	 	25.2.3	 	An assignment will only be effective on:

	 	(a)	 	receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New
Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender
will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the other
Secured Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your
customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in
relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent
shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

	 	25.2.4	 	A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause  25.5 (Procedure
for transfer) is complied with.
	 
	 	25.2.5	 	If:

	 	(a)	 	a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or
obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

- 88 -

 

	 	(b)	 	as a result of circumstances existing at the date the
assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a
payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office
under Clause  11 (Tax Gross-up and Indemnities) or Clause  12 (Increased
Costs),

	 	 	 	then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only
entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing
Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the
assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

	25.3	 	Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

	 	25.3.1	 	Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation
or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

	 	(a)	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or
enforceability of the Finance Documents, the Transaction Security or any other
documents;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the financial condition of any Obligor or any other member of
the Group that is party to a Finance Document;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other
member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document of its obligations
under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or
	 
	 	(d)	 	the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made
in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

	 	 	 	and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.
	 
	 	25.3.2	 	Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that
it:

	 	(a)	 	has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent
investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each
Obligor, each other member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document
and its related entities in connection with its participation in this
Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by
the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the
creditworthiness of each Obligor, each other member of the Group that is party
to a Finance Document and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be
outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

	 	25.3.3	 	Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

	 	(a)	 	accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights
and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause  25; or

- 89 -

 

	 	(b)	 	support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New
Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor or any other member of
the Group that is party to a Finance Document of its obligations under the
Finance Documents or otherwise.

	25.4	 	Transfer Fees
	 
	 	 	The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to
the Agent (for its own account) a fee of £2,000.
	 
	25.5	 	Procedure for transfer

	 	25.5.1	 	Subject to the conditions set out in Clause  25.2 (Conditions of assignment or
transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with sub-clause  25.5.3 below when the
Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the
Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to sub-clause  25.5.2
below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed
Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement
and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer
Certificate.
	 
	 	25.5.2	 	The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by
the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all
necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and
regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender. Upon execution of the
Transfer Certificate, the Agent may specify a Transfer Date to the Existing Lender and
the New Lender provided that if no such date is specified by the Agent upon such
execution, the Transfer Date shall be the proposed Transfer Date specified in the
Transfer Certificate. The Agent will, upon receipt of a duly executed Transfer
Certificate, (a) advise Lloyd’s that a transfer will be made in respect of such Letter
of Credit on the proposed Transfer Date, and (b) request that Lloyd’s return the
relevant Letter of Credit (the “Original Letter of Credit”) to the Agent on or prior
to such proposed Transfer Date.
	 
	 	25.5.3	 	On the Transfer Date:

	 	(a)	 	provided that the Agent shall have received the Original
Letter of Credit from Lloyd’s in accordance with sub-clause  25.5.2 above or
shall have made arrangements with Lloyd’s for the exchange of the Original
Letter of Credit for a new Letter of Credit (the “Replacement Letter of
Credit”) immediately after the transfer has become effective, the Agent shall
execute the Transfer Certificate. The Replacement Letter of Credit shall name
the New Lender as an “Issuing Lender” thereunder and shall otherwise be for
the same amount and on the same terms as the Original Letter of Credit for the
remainder of the Term of such Original Letter of Credit;
	 
	 	(b)	 	to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing
Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the
Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security each of the

- 90 -

 

	 	 	 	Obligors, each other member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document
and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards
one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction
Security and their respective rights against one another shall be cancelled
(being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);
	 
	 	(c)	 	each of the Obligors, each other member of the Group that is
party to a Finance Document and the New Lender shall assume obligations
towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ
from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor, other
member of the Group and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same
in place of that Obligor, other member of the Group and the Existing Lender;
	 
	 	(d)	 	the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee, the New Lender
and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same
obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as
they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original
Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a
result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger, the
Security Trustee and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further
obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and
	 
	 	(e)	 	the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

	25.6	 	Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrower
	 
	 	 	The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer
Certificate, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate.
	 
	25.7	 	Disclosure of Information

	 	25.7.1	 	Subject to Clause  43 (Confidentiality), any Lender may disclose to any person:

	 	(a)	 	to (or through) whom such Lender assigns or transfers (or may
potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights, benefits and
obligations under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(b)	 	with (or through) whom such Lender enters into (or may
potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other
transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, this
Agreement or any Obligor; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	to whom information may be required to be disclosed by any
applicable law,

	 	 	 	such information about any Obligor or the Group and the Finance Documents as such
Lender shall consider appropriate if, in relation to paragraphs (a) and (b) above
the person to whom the information is to be given has entered into a
Confidentiality Undertaking in favour of the Borrower.

- 91 -

 

	25.8	 	Additional Lenders
	 
	 	 	A bank or financial institution which is to be an Additional Lender (as defined in Clause
 10 (Commitment Increase Request)) shall only become a party to this Agreement as a Lender
if it has executed and delivered to the Agent an Additional Lender Accession Letter and the
Agent has countersigned the same (which the Agent agrees to do promptly upon its receipt of
the relevant Additional Lender Accession Letter) provided that the Agent shall not be
obliged to provide such countersignature until it is satisfied it has complied with all
necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and
regulations in relation to such bank or financial institution.
	 
	26.	 	CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
	 
	 	 	No Obligor or any other member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document may assign
any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents
it being understood that new or replacement Grantors (as defined in the Security Documents)
may accede to the Security Documents in accordance with their terms.

- 92 -

 

SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

	27.	 	ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE ARRANGER
	 
	27.1	 	Appointment of the Agent

	 	27.1.1	 	Each other Finance Party (other than the Security Trustee) appoints the Agent to act
as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.
	 
	 	27.1.2	 	Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers,
authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with
the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities
and discretions.

	27.2	 	Duties of the Agent

	 	27.2.1	 	The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document
which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.
	 
	 	27.2.2	 	Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not
obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it
forwards to another Party.
	 
	 	27.2.3	 	If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a
Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly
notify the other Finance Parties.
	 
	 	27.2.4	 	If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee
or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent, the Arranger or the
Security Trustee) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance
Parties.
	 
	 	27.2.5	 	The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and
administrative in nature.

	27.3	 	Role of the Arranger
	 
	 	 	Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of
any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.
	 
	27.4	 	No fiduciary duties

	 	27.4.1	 	Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or the Arranger as a trustee or
fiduciary of any other person.
	 
	 	27.4.2	 	Neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any
sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

	27.5	 	Business with the Group
	 
	 	 	The Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in
any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

- 93 -

 

	27.6	 	Rights and discretions of the Agent

	 	27.6.1	 	The Agent may rely on:

	 	(a)	 	any representation, notice or document believed by it to be
genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	any statement made by a director, Authorised Signatory or
employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed
to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

	 	27.6.2	 	The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity
as agent for the Lenders) that:

	 	(a)	 	no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a
Default arising under Clause  24.1 (Failure to pay));
	 
	 	(b)	 	any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party
or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a
Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge
of the Guarantor.

	 	27.6.3	 	The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers,
accountants, surveyors or other experts.
	 
	 	27.6.4	 	The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and
agents.
	 
	 	27.6.5	 	The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it
has received as Agent under this Agreement.
	 
	 	27.6.6	 	Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither
the Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might
in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a
fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

	27.7	 	Majority Lenders’ instructions

	 	27.7.1	 	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i)
exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance
with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the
Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion
vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or
refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority
Lenders.
	 
	 	27.7.2	 	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by
the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties other than the Security
Trustee.

- 94 -

 

	 	27.7.3	 	The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority
Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may
require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may
incur in complying with the instructions.
	 
	 	27.7.4	 	In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the
Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the
best interest of the Lenders.
	 
	 	27.7.5	 	The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining
that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance
Document.

	27.8	 	Responsibility for documentation
	 
	 	 	Neither the Agent nor the Arranger is responsible for:

	 	27.8.1	 	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or
written) provided by the Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in
or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated by the
Finance Documents; or
	 
	 	27.8.2	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance
Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document
entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance
Document or the Transaction Security.

	27.9	 	Exclusion of liability

	 	27.9.1	 	Without limiting sub-clause  27.9.2 below (and without prejudice to the provisions of
sub-clause  31.10.5 of Clause  31.10 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.), the Agent
will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category
of liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it under or in connection with any
Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless caused by its gross negligence or
wilful misconduct.
	 
	 	27.9.2	 	No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer,
employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent
or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in
relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may
rely on this Clause.
	 
	 	27.9.3	 	The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting
an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent
if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply
with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement
system used by the Agent for that purpose.
	 
	 	27.9.4	 	Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out any
“know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender
and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is

- 95 -

 

	 	 	 	solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may
not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the
Arranger.

	27.10	 	Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent
	 
	 	 	Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total
Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their
reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any
cost, loss or liability including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category
of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s
gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability
pursuant to Clause  31.10 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent’s
negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including
any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents
(unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor or any other member of the Group that is
party to a Finance Document pursuant to a Finance Document).
	 
	27.11	 	Resignation of the Agent

	 	27.11.1	 	The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in
the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the
Borrower.
	 
	 	27.11.2	 	Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and
the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower)
may appoint a successor Agent.
	 
	 	27.11.3	 	If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with
sub-clause  27.11.2 above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the
Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent (acting
through an office in the United Kingdom).
	 
	 	27.11.4	 	The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent
such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may
reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the
Finance Documents.
	 
	 	27.11.5	 	The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a
successor.
	 
	 	27.11.6	 	Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any
further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the
benefit of this Clause  27. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the
same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor
had been an original Party.
	 
	 	27.11.7	 	After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the
Agent, require it to resign in accordance with sub-clause  27.11.2 above. In this
event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with sub-clause  27.11.2 above.

- 96 -

 

	27.12	 	Confidentiality

	 	27.12.1	 	In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting
through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other
of its divisions or departments.
	 
	 	27.12.2	 	If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be
treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be
deemed to have notice of it.

	27.13	 	Relationship with the Lenders

	 	27.13.1	 	The Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this
Agreement and acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less than
five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement.
	 
	 	27.13.2	 	Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in
order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 7 (Mandatory Costs
Rate).
	 
	 	27.13.3	 	Each Secured Party shall supply the Agent with any information that the Security
Trustee may reasonably specify (through the Agent) as being necessary or desirable to
enable the Security Trustee to perform its functions as security trustee. Each Lender
shall deal with the Security Trustee exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal
directly with the Security Trustee.

	27.14	 	Credit appraisal by the Lenders
	 
	 	 	Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor or any other member of the Group that is
party to a Finance Document for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection
with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it has
been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal
and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document
including but not limited to:

	 	27.14.1	 	the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status and nature of
each member of the Group;
	 
	 	27.14.2	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance
Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document
entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any
Finance Document or the Transaction Security;
	 
	 	27.14.3	 	whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse,
against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any
Finance Document, the Transaction Security, the transactions contemplated by the
Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or
executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;
	 
	 	27.14.4	 	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent,
the Security Trustee, any Party or by any other person under or in

- 97 -

 

	 	 	 	connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance
Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or
executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and
	 
	 	27.14.5	 	the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part
of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the
existence of any Liens affecting the Charged Property,

	 	 	and each Lender warrants to the Agent and the Arranger that it has not relied on and will
not at any time rely on the Agent or the Arranger in respect of any of these matters.

	27.15	 	Agent’s Management Time
	 
	 	 	Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause  14.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause  17
(Costs and expenses) and Clause  27.10 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the
cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources for any purpose not
expressly contemplated by this Agreement and will be calculated on the basis of such
reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders,
and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause  16 (Commitment
Commission and Fees).

	27.16	 	Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent
	 
	 	 	If any Finance Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may,
after giving notice to that Finance Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from
any payment to that Finance Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under
the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount
owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Finance Party shall be regarded as
having received any amount so deducted.

	28.	 	ROLE OF SECURITY TRUSTEE
	 
	28.1	 	Trust
	 
	 	 	The Security Trustee declares that it shall hold the Transaction Security on trust for the
Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement. Each of the parties to this
Agreement agrees that the Security Trustee shall have only those duties, obligations and
responsibilities expressly specified in this Agreement or in the Security Documents (and no
others shall be implied).
	 
	28.2	 	No Independent Power
	 
	 	 	The Secured Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to,
any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any rights or powers arising under the
Security Documents except through the Security Trustee.
	 
	28.3	 	Security Trustee’s Instructions
	 
	 	 	The Security Trustee shall:

	 	28.3.1	 	unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, act in accordance with
any instructions given to it by the Agent and shall be entitled to assume that (i) any
instructions received by it from the Agent are duly given by or on behalf of the
Majority Lenders or, as the case may be, the Lenders in

- 98 -

 

	 	 	 	accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents and (ii) unless it has received
actual notice of revocation that any instructions or directions given by the Agent
have not been revoked;
	 
	 	28.3.2	 	be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any direction, from the
Agent as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising
any rights, powers and discretions and the Security Trustee may refrain from acting
unless and until those instructions or clarification are received by it; and
	 
	 	28.3.3	 	be entitled to, carry out all dealings with the Lenders through the Agent and may
give to the Agent any notice or other communication required to be given by the
Security Trustee to the Lenders.

	28.4	 	Security Trustee’s Actions
	 
	 	 	Subject to the provisions of this Clause  28:

	 	28.4.1	 	the Security Trustee may, in the absence of any instructions to the contrary, take
such action in the exercise of any of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents
which in its absolute discretion it considers to be for the protection and benefit of
all the Secured Parties; and
	 
	 	28.4.2	 	at any time after receipt by the Security Trustee of notice from the Agent directing
the Security Trustee to exercise all or any of its rights, remedies, powers or
discretions under any of the Finance Documents, the Security Trustee may, and shall if
so directed by the Agent, take any action as in its sole discretion it thinks fit to
enforce the Transaction Security.

	28.5	 	Security Trustee’s Discretions
	 
	 	 	The Security Trustee may:

	 	28.5.1	 	assume (unless it has received actual notice to the contrary in its capacity as
Security Trustee for the Secured Parties) that (i) no Default has occurred and no
Obligor or any other member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document is in
breach of or default under its obligations under any of the Finance Documents; and (ii)
any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any person has not been exercised;
	 
	 	28.5.2	 	if it receives any instructions or directions from the Agent to take any action in
relation to the Transaction Security, assume that all applicable conditions under the
Finance Documents for taking that action have been satisfied;
	 
	 	28.5.3	 	engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants,
surveyors or other experts (whether obtained by the Security Trustee or by any other
Secured Party) whose advice or services may at any time seem necessary, expedient or
desirable;
	 
	 	28.5.4	 	rely upon any communication or document believed by it to be genuine and, as to any
matters of fact which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of a
Secured Party, an Obligor or any other member of the Group

- 99 -

 

	 	 	 	that is party to a Finance Document, upon a certificate signed by or on behalf of
that person; and
	 
	 	28.5.5	 	refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Agent or Lenders
(including bringing any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with
the Finance Documents) until it has received any indemnification and/or security that
it may in its absolute discretion require (whether by way of payment in advance or
otherwise) for all costs, losses and liabilities which it may incur in bringing such
action or proceedings.

	28.6	 	Security Trustee’s Obligations
	 
	 	 	The Security Trustee shall promptly inform the Agent of:

	 	28.6.1	 	the contents of any notice or document received by it in its capacity as Security
Trustee from any Obligor or any other member of the Group that is party to a Finance
Document under any Finance Document; and
	 
	 	28.6.2	 	the occurrence of any Default or any default by an Obligor or any other member of the
Group that is party to a Finance Document in the due performance of or compliance with
its obligations under any Finance Document of which the Security Trustee has received
notice from any other party to this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

	28.7	 	Excluded Obligations
	 
	 	 	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied in the Finance Documents, the
Security Trustee shall not:

	 	28.7.1	 	be bound to enquire as to (i) whether or not any Default has occurred or (ii) the
performance, default or any breach by an Obligor or any other member of the Group that
is party to a Finance Document of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	28.7.2	 	be bound to account to any other Secured Party for any sum or the profit element of
any sum received by it for its own account;
	 
	 	28.7.3	 	be bound to disclose to any other person (including but not limited to any Secured
Party) (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if disclosure
would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or be a
breach of fiduciary duty;
	 
	 	28.7.4	 	be under any obligations other than those which are specifically provided for in the
Finance Documents; or
	 
	 	28.7.5	 	without prejudice to Clause  33.1 (Order of Application), have or be deemed to have
any duty, obligation or responsibility to, or relationship of trust or agency with, any
Obligor or any other member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document except
those to or with the Obligors which are expressly set forth in the relevant Finance
Document (to the extent that the Parties are permitted by law to exclude such duty,
obligation, responsibility or relationship, except to the extent arising as a result of
its gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

- 100 -

 

	28.8	 	Exclusion of Security Trustee’s liability
	 
	 	 	The Security Trustee is not responsible or liable for:

	 	28.8.1	 	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or
written) supplied by the Security Trustee or any other person in or in connection with
any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	28.8.2	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance
Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document
entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance
Document or the Transaction Security;
	 
	 	28.8.3	 	any losses to any person or any liability arising as a result of taking or refraining
from taking any action in relation to any of the Finance Documents or the Transaction
Security or otherwise, whether in accordance with an instruction from the Agent or
otherwise, unless caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;
	 
	 	28.8.4	 	the exercise of, or the failure to exercise, any judgement, discretion or power given
to it by or in connection with any of the Finance Documents, the Transaction Security
or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in
anticipation of, under or in connection with, the Finance Documents or the Transaction
Security; or
	 
	 	28.8.5	 	any shortfall which arises on the enforcement of the Transaction Security (to the
extent that the Parties are permitted by law to exclude such responsibility or
liability).

	28.9	 	No proceedings
	 
	 	 	No Party (other than the Security Trustee) may take any proceedings against any officer,
employee or agent of the Security Trustee in respect of any claim it might have against the
Security Trustee or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee
or agent in relation to any Finance Document or any Transaction Security and any officer,
employee or agent of the Security Trustee may rely on this Clause.
	 
	28.10	 	Own responsibility
	 
	 	 	Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor or any other member of the Group that is
party to a Finance Document for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection
with any Finance Document, each Secured Party confirms to the Security Trustee that it has
at all times been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own
independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any
Finance Document including but not limited to:

	 	28.10.1	 	the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status and nature of
each member of the Group;
	 
	 	28.10.2	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy and enforceability of any Finance
Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement

- 101 -

 

	 	 	 	or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in
connection with, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;
	 
	 	28.10.3	 	whether that Secured Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse,
against any Party or any other person or any of their respective assets under or in
connection with any Finance Document, the Transaction Security, the transactions
contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document
entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any
Finance Document or the Transaction Security;
	 
	 	28.10.4	 	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the
Security Trustee or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance
Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other
agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of,
under or in connection with, any Finance Document; and
	 
	 	28.10.5	 	the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part
of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the
existence of any Liens affecting the Charged Property,

	 	 	and each Secured Party warrants to the Security Trustee that it has not relied on and will
not at any time rely on the Security Trustee in respect of any of these matters.
	 
	28.11	 	No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security
	 
	 	 	The Security Trustee shall not be liable for any failure to:

	 	28.11.1	 	require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or
constituting the title of any Obligor or any other member of the Group that is party to
a Finance Document to any of the Charged Property;
	 
	 	28.11.2	 	obtain any license, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery,
legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Finance
Documents or the Transaction Security;
	 
	 	28.11.3	 	register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or
the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any applicable laws in any
jurisdiction or to give notice to any person of the execution of any of the Finance
Documents or of the Transaction Security;
	 
	 	28.11.4	 	take, or to require any of the Obligors or any other member of the Group that is
party to a Finance Document to take, any steps to perfect its title to any of the
Charged Property or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the
creation of any ancillary Liens under the laws of any jurisdiction; or
	 
	 	28.11.5	 	require any further assurances in relation to any of the Security Documents.

	28.12	 	Insurance by Security Trustee

	 	28.12.1	 	The Security Trustee shall not be under any obligation to insure any of the Charged
Property, to require any other person to maintain any insurance or to

- 102 -

 

	 	 	 	verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in the Finance Documents. The
Security Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by any
person as a result of the lack of or inadequacy of any such insurance.
	 
	 	28.12.2	 	Where the Security Trustee is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it
shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by reason of, directly or
indirectly, its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the
risk assumed by the insurers or any other information of any kind, unless any Secured
Party has requested it to do so in writing and the Security Trustee has failed to do so
within fourteen days after receipt of that request.

	28.13	 	Custodians and Nominees
	 
	 	 	The Security Trustee may (after consultation with the Borrower) appoint and pay any person
to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any assets of the trust as the
Security Trustee may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian
this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the
Security Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost,
claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part
of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings
or acts of any person.
	 
	28.14	 	Acceptance of Title
	 
	 	 	The Security Trustee shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged
to investigate, the right and title that each of the Obligors or any other member of the
Group that is party to a Finance Document may have to any of the Charged Property and shall
not be liable for or bound to require any Obligor or any other member of the Group that is
party to a Finance Document to remedy any defect in its right or title.
	 
	28.15	 	Refrain from Illegality
	 
	 	 	The Security Trustee may refrain from doing anything which in its opinion will or may be
contrary to any relevant law, directive or regulation of any jurisdiction which would or
might otherwise render it liable to any person, and the Security Trustee may do anything
which is, in its opinion, necessary to comply with any law, directive or regulation.
	 
	28.16	 	Business with the Obligors
	 
	 	 	The Security Trustee may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any
kind of banking or other business with any of the Obligors.
	 
	28.17	 	Releases
	 
	 	 	Upon a disposal of any of the Charged Property:

	 	28.17.1	 	pursuant to the enforcement of the Transaction Security by a Receiver or the
Security Trustee; or
	 
	 	28.17.2	 	if that disposal is permitted under the Finance Documents,

- 103 -

 

	 	 	the Security Trustee shall (at the cost of the Obligors) release that property from the
Transaction Security and is authorised to execute, without the need for any further
authority from the Secured Parties, any release of the Transaction Security or other
claim over that asset and to issue any certificates of non-crystallisation of floating
charges that may be required or desirable.
	 
	28.18	 	Winding up of Trust
	 
	 	 	If the Security Trustee, with the approval of the Majority Lenders, determines that (a) all
of the Secured Obligations and all other obligations secured by any of the Security
Documents have been fully and finally discharged and (b) none of the Secured Parties is
under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or
provide other financial accommodation to any Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents, the
trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Trustee shall release,
without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security
Trustee under each of the Security Documents.
	 
	28.19	 	Perpetuity Period
	 
	 	 	The perpetuity period under the rule against perpetuities, if applicable to this Agreement,
shall be the period of eighty years from the date of this Agreement.
	 
	28.20	 	Powers Supplemental
	 
	 	 	The rights, powers and discretions conferred upon the Security Trustee by this Agreement
shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to
any which may be vested in the Security Trustee by general law or otherwise.
	 
	28.21	 	Trustee division separate

	 	28.21.1	 	In acting as trustee for the Secured Parties, the Security Trustee shall be regarded
as acting through its agency or trustee division which shall be treated as a separate
entity from any other of its divisions or departments.
	 
	 	28.21.2	 	If information is received by another division or department of the Security
Trustee, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the
Security Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

	28.22	 	Lender’s indemnity to the Security Trustee
	 
	 	 	Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total
Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their
reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Trustee, within three Business Days of demand,
against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Security Trustee (otherwise than by
reason of the Security Trustee’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as
Security Trustee under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Trustee has been
reimbursed by an Obligor or any other member of the Group that is party to a Finance
Document pursuant to a Finance Document).
	 
	28.23	 	Disapplication
	 
	 	 	Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Trustee in
relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement. Where there are any inconsistencies
between the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and the provisions of this

- 104 -

 

	 	 	Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall, to the extent allowed by law, prevail and, in the
case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Agreement shall
constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of that Act.
	 
	28.24	 	Resignation of Security Trustee

	 	28.24.1	 	The Security Trustee may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by
giving notice to the other Parties (or to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders).
	 
	 	28.24.2	 	Alternatively the Security Trustee may resign by giving notice to the other Parties
(or to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders) in which case the Majority Lenders may
(after consultation with the Borrower) appoint a successor Security Trustee.
	 
	 	28.24.3	 	If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Trustee in
accordance with sub-clause 28.24.2 above within 30 days after the notice of
resignation was given, the Security Trustee (after consultation with the Agent) may
appoint a successor Security Trustee.
	 
	 	28.24.4	 	The retiring Security Trustee shall, at its own cost, make available to the
successor Security Trustee such documents and records and provide such assistance as
the successor Security Trustee may reasonably request for the purposes of performing
its functions as Security Trustee under the Finance Documents.
	 
	 	28.24.5	 	The Security Trustee’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon (i) the
appointment of a successor and (ii) the transfer of all of the Transaction Security to
that successor.
	 
	 	28.24.6	 	Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Trustee shall be
discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall
remain entitled to the benefit of Clauses 27 (Role of the Agent and the Arranger) and
28 (Role of Security Trustee). Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have
the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such
successor had been an original Party.
	 
	 	28.24.7	 	The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Trustee, require it to resign in
accordance with sub-clause 28.24.2 above. In this event, the Security Trustee shall
resign in accordance with sub-clause 28.24.2 above.

	28.25	 	Delegation

	 	28.25.1	 	The Security Trustee may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to
any person for any period, all or any of the rights, powers and discretions vested in
it by any of the Finance Documents.
	 
	 	28.25.2	 	The delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to
sub-delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Trustee may think fit
in the interests of the Secured Parties and it shall not be bound to supervise, or be
in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any misconduct or default on
the part of any Delegate or sub-delegate.

- 105 -

 

	28.26	 	Additional Security Trustees

	 	28.26.1	 	The Security Trustee may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to
act as a separate security trustee or as a co-security trustee jointly with it (i) if
it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Secured Parties or (ii) for
the purposes of conforming to any legal requirements, restrictions or conditions which
the Security Trustee deems to be relevant or (iii) for obtaining or enforcing any
judgment in any jurisdiction, and the Security Trustee shall give prior notice to the
Borrower and the Agent of that appointment.
	 
	 	28.26.2	 	Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers and discretions (not exceeding
those conferred on the Security Trustee by this Agreement) and the duties and
obligations that are conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment.
	 
	 	28.26.3	 	The remuneration that the Security Trustee may pay to any person, and any costs and
expenses incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that
appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses
incurred by the Security Trustee.

	29.	 	CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES
	 
	 	 	No provision of this Agreement will:

	 	29.1.1	 	interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or
otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
	 
	 	29.1.2	 	oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or
repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or
	 
	 	29.1.3	 	oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or
otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

	30.	 	SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
	 
	30.1	 	Payments to Finance Parties
	 
	 	 	If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an
Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment mechanics) or Clause 33
(Application of Proceeds) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance
Documents then:

	 	30.1.1	 	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the
receipt or recovery, to the Agent;
	 
	 	30.1.2	 	the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount
the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been
received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment
mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in
relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

- 106 -

 

	 	30.1.3	 	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the
Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or
recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering
Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 31.5
(Partial payments).

	30.2	 	Redistribution of payments
	 
	 	 	The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and
distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in
accordance with Clause 31.5 (Partial payments).
	 
	30.3	 	Recovering Finance Party’s rights

	 	30.3.1	 	On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 30.2 (Redistribution of payments), the
Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which
have shared in the redistribution.
	 
	 	30.3.2	 	If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its
rights under sub-clause 30.3.1 above, the relevant Obligor shall be liable to the
Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately
due and payable.

	30.4	 	Reversal of redistribution
	 
	 	 	If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party
becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

	 	30.4.1	 	each Finance Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment
pursuant to Clause 30.2 (Redistribution of payments) shall, upon request of the Agent,
pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the
appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is
necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest
on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and
	 
	 	30.4.2	 	that Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any reimbursement
shall be cancelled and the relevant Obligor will be liable to the reimbursing Finance
Party for the amount so reimbursed.

	30.5	 	Exceptions

	 	30.5.1	 	This Clause 30 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would
not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause 30, have a valid and enforceable
claim against the relevant Obligor.
	 
	 	30.5.2	 	A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any
amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of
taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

	 	(a)	 	it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or
arbitration proceedings; and

- 107 -

 

	 	(b)	 	that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in
those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably
practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or
arbitration proceedings.

- 108 -

 

SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

	31.	 	PAYMENT MECHANICS
	 
	31.1	 	Payments to the Agent

	 	31.1.1	 	On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a
Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent
(unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date
at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for
settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.
	 
	 	31.1.2	 	Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the
country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies.

	31.2	 	Distributions by the Agent
	 
	 	 	Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall,
subject to Clause 31.3 (Distributions to an Obligor), Clause 31.4 (Clawback) and Clause
27.16 (Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent) be made available by the Agent as soon
as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with
this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such
account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice
with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.
	 
	31.3	 	Distributions to an Obligor
	 
	 	 	The Agent may (with the consent of the relevant Obligor or in accordance with Clause 32
(Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the
date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the
Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.
	 
	31.4	 	Clawback

	 	31.4.1	 	Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party,
the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or
perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its
satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.
	 
	 	31.4.2	 	If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the
Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the
proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund
the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to
the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

	31.5	 	Partial payments

	 	31.5.1	 	If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts
then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent

- 109 -

 

	 	 	 	shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the
following order:

	 	(a)	 	first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees,
costs and expenses of the Agent, the Security Trustee (including of any
Receiver or Delegate) and the Arranger under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(b)	 	secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued
interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;
	 
	 	(c)	 	thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due
but unpaid under this Agreement; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due
but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

	 	31.5.2	 	The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in
paragraphs (a) to (d) of sub-clause 31.5.1 above.
	 
	 	31.5.3	 	Sub-clauses 31.5.1 and 31.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by an
Obligor.

	31.6	 	No set-off by Obligors
	 
	 	 	All payments to be made by an Obligor or other member of the Group under the Finance
Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for)
set-off or counterclaim.
	 
	31.7	 	Business Days

	 	31.7.1	 	Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made
on the next Business Day and such payment shall be deemed made on the date due.
	 
	 	31.7.2	 	During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under
this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable
on the original due date.

	31.8	 	Currency of account

	 	31.8.1	 	Subject to sub-clauses 31.8.2 to 31.8.5 below, the Base Currency is the currency of
account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor or other member of the Group under
any Finance Document.
	 
	 	31.8.2	 	A repayment of an Unpaid Sum or a part of an Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency
in which that Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.
	 
	 	31.8.3	 	Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of
which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.
	 
	 	31.8.4	 	Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in
which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

- 110 -

 

	 	31.8.5	 	Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall
be paid in that other currency.

	31.9	 	Change of currency

	 	31.9.1	 	Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at
the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of
that country, then:

	 	(a)	 	any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any
obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that
country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of
that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower);
and
	 
	 	(b)	 	any translation from one currency or currency unit to another
shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for
the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or
down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

	 	31.9.2	 	If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent
the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be
necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market
practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in
currency.

	31.10	 	Disruption to Payment Systems etc.
	 
	 	 	If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or
the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

	 	31.10.1	 	the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the
Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or
administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;
	 
	 	31.10.2	 	the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any
changes mentioned in sub-clause 31.10.1 above if, in its opinion (acting reasonably),
it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no
obligation to agree to such changes;
	 
	 	31.10.3	 	the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned
in sub-clause 31.10.1 above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it
is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
	 
	 	31.10.4	 	any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it
is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties
as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance
Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 39 (Amendments and Waivers);
	 
	 	31.10.5	 	the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever
(including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other

- 111 -

 

	 	 	 	category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent)
arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in
connection with this Clause 31.10; and
	 
	 	31.10.6	 	the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to
sub-clause 31.10.4 above.

	32.	 	SET-OFF
	 
	 	 	For so long as an Event of Default is continuing, a Finance Party may set off any matured
obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned
by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that
Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either
obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert
either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the
purpose of the set-off.
	 
	33.	 	APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
	 
	33.1	 	Order of Application
	 
	 	 	All moneys from time to time received or recovered by the Security Trustee in connection
with the realisation or enforcement of all or any part of the Transaction Security shall be
held by the Security Trustee on trust to apply them at such times as the Security Trustee
sees fit, to the extent permitted by applicable law, in the following order of priority:

	 	33.1.1	 	in discharging any sums owing to the Security Trustee (in its capacity as trustee),
any Receiver or any Delegate;
	 
	 	33.1.2	 	in payment to the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, for application towards
the discharge of all sums due and payable by any Obligor or other member of the Group
under any of the Finance Documents in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Partial payments);
	 
	 	33.1.3	 	if none of the Obligors or any other member of the Group is under any further actual
or contingent liability under any Finance Document, in payment to any person to whom
the Security Trustee is obliged to pay in priority to any Obligor or other member of
the Group pursuant to the Finance Documents; and
	 
	 	33.1.4	 	the balance, if any, in payment to the relevant Obligor or other member of the Group.

	33.2	 	Investment of Proceeds
	 
	 	 	Prior to the application of the proceeds of the Transaction Security in accordance with
Clause 33.1 (Order of Application) the Security Trustee may, at its discretion, hold all or
part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name
of the Security Trustee or Agent with any financial institution (including itself) and for
so long as the Security Trustee thinks fit (the interest being credited to the relevant
account) pending the application from time to time of those monies at the Security Trustee’s
discretion in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 33.

- 112 -

 

	33.3	 	Currency Conversion

	 	33.3.1	 	For the purpose of or pending the discharge of any of the Secured Obligations the
Security Trustee may convert any moneys received or recovered by the Security Trustee
from one currency to another, at the spot rate at which the Security Trustee is able to
purchase the currency (in accordance with its customary procedures) in which the
Secured Obligations are due with the amount received.
	 
	 	33.3.2	 	The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to
the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of
conversion.

	33.4	 	Permitted Deductions
	 
	 	 	The Security Trustee shall be entitled (a) to set aside by way of reserve amounts required
to meet and (b) to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Tax or
otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any
distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement, and to pay all Tax which may be
assessed against it in respect of any of the Charged Property, or as a consequence of
performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Trustee under any of the
Finance Documents or otherwise (except in connection with its remuneration for performing
its duties under this Agreement).
	 
	33.5	 	Discharge of Secured Obligations

	 	33.5.1	 	Any payment to be made in respect of the Secured Obligations by the Security Trustee
may be made to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and that payment shall be a good
discharge to the extent of that payment, to the Security Trustee.
	 
	 	33.5.2	 	The Security Trustee is under no obligation to make payment to the Agent in the same
currency as that in which any Unpaid Sum is denominated.

	33.6	 	Sums received by Obligors
	 
	 	 	If any of the Obligors receives any sum which, pursuant to any of the Finance Documents,
should have been paid to the Security Trustee, that sum shall promptly be paid to the
Security Trustee for application in accordance with this Clause 33.
	 
	34.	 	NOTICES
	 
	34.1	 	Communications in writing
	 
	 	 	Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made
in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.
	 
	34.2	 	Addresses
	 
	 	 	The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the
communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or
delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

	 	34.2.1	 	in the case of any Obligor or any other member of the Group party to any Finance
Document, to:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  Address:
	 	Validus Holdings, Ltd.

- 113 -

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	19 Par-La-Ville Road

Hamilton HM11 Bermuda,
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Attention:

Facsimile:
	 	Chief Financial Officer

+1 (441) 278-9091,
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	with a copy to:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Address:
	 	Talbot Holdings Ltd.

19 Par-La-Ville Road

Hamilton HM11 Bermuda,
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Attention:

Facsimile:
	 	Chief Financial Officer

+1(441) 278-9091; and

	 	 	 	a copy by fax to +44 (0)20 7550 3555, marked for the attention of Nigel Wachman and
(in the case of notice of a Default only) a copy to:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Address:
	 	Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine St.

New York

New York 10005
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Attention:

Facsimile:
	 	John Schuster, Esq.

+1 (212) 269-5420;

	 	34.2.2	 	in the case of each Lender, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the
date on which it becomes a Party; and
	 
	 	34.2.3	 	in the case of the Agent, to:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Address:
	 	Wholesale Loans Servicing

Bank House

Wine Street

Bristol BS1 2AN
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Fax:

Attention:
	 	020 7158 3204

Wholesale Loans Servicing;

	 	34.2.4	 	in the case of the Security Trustee, to:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Address:
	 	Wholesale Loans Agency

10 Gresham Street

London EC2V 7AE
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Fax:

Attention:
	 	020 7158 3198

Wholesale Loans Agency,

- 114 -

 

	 	 	 	or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to
the Agent (or
the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent)
by not less than five Business Days’ notice.
	 
	34.3	Delivery	 

	 	34.3.1	 	Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in
connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

	 	(a)	 	if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant
address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage
prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

	 	 	 	and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address
details provided under Clause 34.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or
officer.
	 
	 	34.3.2	 	Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or to the Security
Trustee will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or the Security
Trustee and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or
officer identified with the Agent’s or the Security Trustee’s signature below (or any
substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).
	 
	 	34.3.3	 	All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.
	 
	 	34.3.4	 	Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with
this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to the Guarantor.
	 
	 	34.3.5	 	All notices to a Lender from the Security Trustee shall be sent through the Agent.

	34.4	 	Notification of address and fax number
	 
	 	 	Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or
fax number pursuant to Clause 34.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number,
the Agent shall notify the other Parties.
	 
	34.5	 	Electronic communication

	 	34.5.1	 	Any communication to be made between the Agent or the Security Trustee and a Lender
under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or
other electronic means, if the Agent, the Security Trustee and the relevant Lender:

	 	(a)	 	agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this
is to be an accepted form of communication;
	 
	 	(b)	 	notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address
and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of
information by that means; and

- 115 -

 

	 	(c)	 	notify each other of any change to their address or any other
such information supplied by them.

	 	34.5.2	 	Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Security
Trustee will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case
of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent or the Security Trustee
only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent or Security Trustee shall specify
for this purpose.

	34.6	English language

	 	34.6.1	 	Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.
	 
	 	34.6.2	 	All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must
be:

	 	(a)	 	in English; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	if not in English, and if so required by the Agent,
accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English
translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or
other official document.

	35.	 	CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
	 
	35.1	 	Accounts
	 
	 	 	In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance
Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie
evidence of the matters to which they relate.
	 
	35.2	 	Certificates and Determinations
	 
	 	 	Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance
Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which
it relates.
	 
	35.3	 	Day count convention
	 
	 	 	Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to
day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a
year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market
differs, in accordance with that market practice.
	 
	36.	 	PARTIAL INVALIDITY
	 
	 	 	If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or
unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality,
validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or
enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be
affected or impaired.

- 116 -

 

	37.	 	REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
	 
	 	 	No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party or the
Arranger, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other
exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in
this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
	 
	38.	 	COUNTERPARTS
	 
	 	 	This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.
	 
	39.	 	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
	 
	39.1	 	Required consents

	 	39.1.1	 	Subject to Clause 39.2 (Exceptions) and Clause 28.17 (Releases) any term of the
Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority
Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all
Parties.
	 
	 	39.1.2	 	The Agent, or in respect of the Security Documents the Security Trustee, may effect,
on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.

	39.2	 	Exceptions

	 	39.2.1	 	An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

	 	(a)	 	Clause 30 (Sharing Among the Finance Parties) or this Clause
39;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the definition of “Majority Lenders” or “Super Majority
Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);
	 
	 	(c)	 	an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the
Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(d)	 	a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal,
interest, fees or commission payable;
	 
	 	(e)	 	an increase in or an extension of any Commitment;
	 
	 	(f)	 	Clause 2.8 (Several Rights), Clause 9 (Collateralisation
And Redesignation Of Letters Of Credit), Clause 19 (Guarantee and Indemnity),
Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders) or Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors);
	 
	 	(g)	 	any provision which expressly contemplates the need for the
consent or approval of all the Lenders;

- 117 -

 

	 	(h)	 	a material change to the nature or scope of the Charged
Property or the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction
Security are distributed;
	 
	 	(i)	 	the release of all or substantially all of the Transaction
Security other than in accordance with the Security Documents; or
	 
	 	(j)	 	any material change to the definition of “Advance Rate”,
“Borrowing Base” or “Eligible Securities” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) or any
material change to Schedule 9 (Eligible Collateral Table) or the proviso set
out in Clause 3.1 (Utilisation Conditions for the Facility),

	 	 	 	shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.
	 
	 	39.2.2	 	An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the
Security Trustee or the Arranger may not be effected without the consent of the Agent,
the Security Trustee or the Arranger as the case may be.
	 
	 	39.2.3	 	Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, any provision
of this Agreement may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by the
Guarantor, the Super-Majority Lenders and the Agent if:

	 	(a)	 	by the terms of such agreement, the Commitment of each Lender
not consenting to the amendment provided for therein shall terminate (it being
understood that the Guarantor may cause the Commitment of any such
non-consenting Lender to be transferred to one or more new Lenders in
accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders) provided that no action
shall be required to be taken by such non-consenting Lender (including the
execution of any Transfer Certificate)); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	at the time such amendment becomes effective, each Lender not
consenting thereto receives payment in full of all amounts owing to it or
accrued for its account under any Finance Document.

	39.3	 	Exceptions
	 
	 	 	Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Clause 39, the Agent shall not be obliged to
agree to any such amendment or waiver if the same would:

	 	39.3.1	 	amend or waive this Clause 39, Clause 17 (Costs and Expenses) or Clause 27 (Role
of the Agent and the Arranger); or
	 
	 	39.3.2	 	otherwise amend or waive any of the Agent’s rights hereunder or subject the Agent or
the Arrangers to any additional obligations hereunder.

	40.	 	COUNTERPARTS
	 
	 	 	Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same
effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance
Document.

- 118 -

 

SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

	41.	 	GOVERNING LAW
	 
	 	 	This Agreement and all non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it
are governed by English law.
	 
	42.	 	ENFORCEMENT
	 
	42.1	 	Jurisdiction

	 	42.1.1	 	The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out
of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence,
validity or termination of this Agreement) (a “Dispute”).
	 
	 	42.1.2	 	The parties hereto agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and
convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party to this Agreement will
argue to the contrary.
	 
	 	42.1.3	 	This Clause 42.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no
Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any
other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may
take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

	42.2	 	Service of Process
	 
	 	 	Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor
(other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

	 	42.2.1	 	irrevocably appoints Talbot Underwriting Services Limited as its agent for service of
process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any
Finance Document; and
	 
	 	42.2.2	 	agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process
will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

	43.	 	CONFIDENTIALITY
	 
	 	 	The Agent and each Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as
defined below), except that Information may be disclosed:

	 	43.1.1	 	to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including
accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, it being understood that:

	 	(a)	 	the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed
of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such
Information confidential in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the applicable Agent or Lender shall be responsible for any
breach of this Clause 42 by any of its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers
and employees;

	 	43.1.2	 	to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or self-regulatory body;

- 119 -

 

	 	43.1.3	 	to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or
similar legal process;
	 
	 	43.1.4	 	to any other party to this Agreement;
	 
	 	43.1.5	 	in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or
proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder;
	 
	 	43.1.6	 	subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this
Clause 43, to:

	 	(a)	 	any assignee of, or any prospective assignee of, any of its
rights or obligations under this Agreement; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to
any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Obligor and its
obligations;

	 	43.1.7	 	with the consent of the Guarantor; or
	 
	 	43.1.8	 	to the extent such Information:

	 	(a)	 	becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach
of this Clause 43; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	becomes available to the Agent or any Lender on a
non-confidential basis from a source other than the Guarantor or its
subsidiaries that, to the applicable Agent’s or Lender’s knowledge, is not
subject to a confidentiality undertaking with respect to the applicable
Information.

	 	 	For the purposes of this Clause 43, “Information” means all information now or hereafter
received from any Obligor or any other member of the Group that is party to a Finance
Document relating to the Guarantor, any subsidiary of the Guarantor or their respective
businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Agent or any Lender on
a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by such Obligor or other member of the Group.
Any person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this
Clause 42 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person
has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information
as such person would accord to its own confidential information or, in the case of any
Lender, such Lender has treated such Information in a manner consistent with banking
industry standards for the treatment of confidential information. The provisions of this
Clause 43 shall survive the termination of the Total Commitments under this Agreement and
the other obligations arising hereunder, but such survival shall only be for a period of
two (2) years thereafter.

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto the day and year
first before written.

- 120 -

 

SCHEDULE 1

The Original Lenders

	 	 	 
	Lender	 	Commitment ($)
	ING Bank N.V., London Branch
	 	12,500,000
	 
	 	 
	Lloyds TSB Bank plc
	 	12,500,000
	 
	 	 
	Total
	 	25,000,000

- 121 -

 

SCHEDULE 2

Conditions Precedent

	1.	 	Corporate Documents

	 	(a)	 	A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor and each other member of
the Group that is party to a Finance Document.
	 
	 	(b)	 	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor and each other
member of the Group that is party to a Finance Document:

	 	(i)	 	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by,
the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the
Finance Documents to which it is a party;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the
Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to
sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any
Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in
connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

	 	(c)	 	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution
referred to in paragraph (b) above.
	 
	 	(d)	 	A certificate of the Guarantor (signed by a director or officer of
the Guarantor) confirming that neither the execution, delivery and performance by the
Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries that is party to any Finance Document of this
Agreement or the other Finance Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the
terms and provisions thereof, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated
therein:

	 	(i)	 	will contravene any applicable provision of any law, statute,
rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or
governmental instrumentality;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	will conflict or be inconsistent with or result in any breach
of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a
default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation
to create or impose) any Lien (other than Liens in favour of the Security
Trustee pursuant to the Security Documents) upon any of its property or assets
or those of any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any material
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, credit agreement or any
other material instrument to which it or any of its subsidiaries is a party or
by which it or any of its property or assets are bound or to which it may be
subject; or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	will violate any provision of its certificate of
incorporation, by-laws or other organisational documents, nor those of its
subsidiaries.

- 122 -

 

	 	(e)	 	A copy of a resolution of the Guarantor in its capacity as holder of the
outstanding shares of Validus Reinsurance, Ltd., approving the terms of, and the
transactions contemplated by, the Security Agreement and the Control Agreement.
	 
	 	(f)	 	A certificate of the Guarantor (signed by a director or officer of
the Guarantor) certifying that each copy document delivered to the Agent pursuant to
paragraphs 1(a), 1(b), 1(e) and 4(c) of this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in
full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

	2.	 	Security Documents

	 	(a)	 	The Security Agreement and Account Control Agreement duly executed by the
relevant Obligors, Validus Reinsurance, Ltd., the Custodian, the Special Report Agent
and the Security Trustee.

	 	(b)	 	A copy of all documents and instruments, including UCC financing statements
where applicable, required by law in each applicable jurisdiction or reasonably
requested by the Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create and perfect the
Liens intended to be created under the Security Agreement.
	 
	 	(c)	 	A copy of the results of a recent search of the UCC (or equivalent) filings
made with respect to each Obligor in the jurisdictions contemplated in paragraph (b)
above (including Washington, D.C., and Bermuda) and in such other jurisdictions in
which Collateral is located which may be reasonably requested by the Agent, and copies
of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search and
evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent that the Liens indicated by such
financing statements (or similar documents) are permitted under the terms of the
Finance Documents or have been released.

	3.	 	Legal opinions

	 	(a)	 	A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger and the
Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior
to signing this Agreement.
	 
	 	(b)	 	A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger and the
Agent in New York, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior
to signing this Agreement.
	 
	 	(c)	 	A legal opinion of Conyers, Dill & Pearman, legal advisers to the Arranger and
the Agent in Bermuda, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders
prior to signing this Agreement.

	4.	 	Other documents and evidence

	 	(a)	 	Evidence that any agent for service of process referred to in Clause 42.2
(Service of process), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment.
	 
	 	(b)	 	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which
the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the

- 123 -

 

	 	 	 	Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions
contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any
Finance Document.
	 
	 	(c)	 	The Original Financial Statements.
	 
	 	(d)	 	The executed Fee Letters.
	 
	 	(e)	 	A copy of all necessary governmental or regulatory consents required by each
Obligor and each other member of the Group in relation to the security
contained in the Security Documents (including any governmental or regulatory
consents required from the Bermuda Monetary Authority or the UK Financial Services
Authority).
	 
	 	(f)	 	Evidence that as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement, the
value of the Own FAL of the Account Party is no less than $300,000,000.
	 
	 	(g)	 	A statement provided by the Bank of New York in relation to the value of the
collateral in the Collateral Accounts as of the date of this Agreement.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Evidence that Validus Reinsurance, Ltd. has an A.M. Best financial strength
rating of at least “A-”.
	 
	 	(i)	 	The Business Plan.
	 
	 	(j)	 	Evidence that all amounts outstanding under the Existing Facility have been or
will be repaid in full and all commitments and liabilities thereunder have been
irrevocably cancelled and discharged, on or before the first Utilisation Date.
	 
	 	(k)	 	Evidence that any Security issued in respect of the Existing Facility shall be
released on or before the first Utilisation Date.

- 124 -

 

SCHEDULE 3

Form of Utilisation Request

From:    Talbot Holdings Ltd.

To:       [Agent]

Dated:

Dear Sirs,

	1.	 	We refer to an agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) dated 28 November 2007 (as, from time to
time, amended, restated, varied, novated or supplemented) and made between Talbot Holdings
Ltd. as borrower, Validus Holdings, Ltd. as guarantor, ING Bank N.V., London Branch and Lloyds
TSB Bank plc as mandated lead arrangers, Lloyds TSB Bank plc as agent and security trustee,
the financial institutions defined therein as Lenders and others.
	 
	2.	 	Terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meaning in this notice.
	 
	3.	 	This notice is irrevocable.
	 
	4.	 	We hereby give you notice that, pursuant to the Credit Agreement we wish the Lenders to issue
a Letter of Credit as follows:

	 	 	 	 	 
	(a)
	 	Face amount:	 	[$/£][           ]
	 
	 	 	 	 
	(b)
	 	Utilisation Date:	 	[                  ]
	 
	 	 	 	 
	(c)
	 	Term:	 	[                  ]
	 
	 	 	 	 
	(d)
	 	Expiry Date:	 	[                  ]

	5.	 	We would like this Letter of Credit to be denominated in [sterling/dollars].
	 
	6.	 	We confirm that, at the date hereof, the Repeated Representations are true in all material
respects and no Default is continuing.
	 
	7.	 	The Letter of Credit should be issued in favour of Lloyd’s in the form attached and delivered
to the recipient at [address of recipient]. The purpose of its issue is [•].

Yours faithfully

 

Authorised Signatory

for and on behalf of

Talbot Holdings Ltd.

- 125 -

 

SCHEDULE 4

Form of Transfer Certificate

To: Lloyds TSB Bank plc

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

relating to the agreement (as, from time to time, amended, restated, varied, novated or
supplemented, the “Credit Agreement”) dated 28 November 2007 whereby a letter of credit facility
was made available to Talbot Holdings Ltd. as borrower by a group of banks on whose behalf Lloyds
TSB Bank plc acted as agent in connection therewith.

	1.	 	Terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall, subject to any contrary indication, have the
same meanings herein. The terms Lender, Transferee and Portion Transferred are defined in the
schedule hereto.
	 
	2.	 	The Lender (a) confirms that the details in the schedule hereto under the heading “Letters of
Credit” accurately summarises its participation in the Credit Agreement and the Term of any
existing Letters of Credit and (b) requests the Transferee to accept and procure the transfer
by novation to the Transferee of the Portion Transferred (specified in the schedule hereto) of
its Commitment and/or its participation in such Letters of Credit by counter-signing and
delivering this Transfer Certificate to the Agent at its address for the service of notices
specified in the Credit Agreement.
	 
	3.	 	The Transferee hereby requests the Agent to accept this Transfer Certificate as being
delivered to the Agent pursuant to and for the purposes of Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders)
of the Credit Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms thereof on the
Transfer Date or on such later date as may be determined in accordance with the terms thereof.
	 
	4.	 	The Transferee confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement together with
such other information as it has required in connection with this transaction and that it has
not relied and will not hereafter rely on the Lender to check or enquire on its behalf into
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any such
information and further agrees that it has not relied and will not rely on the Lender to
assess or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness,
condition, affairs, status or nature of the Obligors or any other member of the Group that is
party to a Finance Document.
	 
	5.	 	The Transferee hereby undertakes with the Lender and each of the other parties to the Credit
Agreement that it will perform in accordance with their terms all those obligations which by
the terms of the Finance Documents will be assumed by it after delivery of this Transfer
Certificate to the Agent and satisfaction of the conditions (if any) subject to which this
Transfer Certificate is expressed to take effect.
	 
	6.	 	The Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or
any document relating thereto and assumes no responsibility for the financial condition of the
Obligors or any other member of the Group that is party to a 

- 126 -

 

	 	 	Finance Document or for the
performance and observance by the Obligors or any other member of the Group that is party to a
Finance Document of any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any document
relating thereto and any and all such conditions and warranties, whether express or implied by
law or otherwise, are hereby excluded.

	7.	 	The Lender hereby gives notice that nothing herein or in the Finance Documents (or any
document relating thereto) shall oblige the Lender to (a) accept a re-transfer from the
Transferee of the whole or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations under the
Finance Documents transferred pursuant hereto or (b) support any losses directly or indirectly
sustained or incurred by the Transferee for any reason whatsoever including the
non-performance by an Obligor or any other party to the Finance Documents (or any document
relating thereto) of its obligations under any such document. The Transferee hereby
acknowledges the absence of any such obligation as is referred to in (a) or (b) above.
	 
	8.	 	This Transfer Certificate and the rights, benefits and obligations of the parties hereunder
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

- 127 -

 

THE SCHEDULE

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	1.
	 	Lender:	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	2.
	 	Transferee:	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	3.
	 	Transfer Date:	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	4.
	 	Lender’s Participation in the Facility:	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	Lender’s Commitment	 	 	 	Portion Transferred
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	5.
	 	Letter(s) of Credit	 	Term and	Portion Transferred
	 
	 	Lender’s Participation	 	Expiry Date	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	[Transferor Lender]	 	[Transferee Lender]	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By:
	 	 	By:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Date:
	 	 	 	Date:	 	 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS OF TRANSFEREE

Address:

Contact Name:

Account for Payments in sterling:

Fax:

Telephone:

- 128 -

 

SCHEDULE 5

Form of Credit Institution Confirmation

[Letterhead of Agent]

	 	 	 
	To:

	 	The Society and Council of Lloyd’s

c/o The Manager, Market Services

Fidentia House

Walter Burke Way

Chatham Maritime

Chatham, Kent ME4 4TU

Date:      [•]

We, Lloyds TSB Bank plc, (the “Agent”) acting as agent on behalf of each of [name of each bank
participating in the Letter of Credit] (the “Lenders”), hereby confirm the following:

	(a)	 	We have provided a multi bank Letter of Credit as agent on behalf of the Lenders which will
be included in the Lloyd’s Deposit of [•] (the “Corporate Member”).
	 
	(b)	 	The execution and delivery by the Agent of the Letter of Credit has been duly authorised by
all necessary action on the part of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit has been duly
executed and delivered by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders.
	 
	(c)	 	The obligations of the Lenders under the Letter of Credit constitute legal, valid and binding
obligations.

 

Signature of Authorised Signature

For and on behalf of Lloyds TSB Bank plc

acting as Agent on behalf of the Lenders

- 129 -

 

SCHEDULE 6

Form of Letter of Credit

	 	 	 
	To:

	 	The Society and the Council of Lloyd’s,

c/o The Manager, Market Services

Fidentia House

Walter Burke Way

Chatham Maritime

Chatham, Kent ME4 4TU

Dated ________1

Dear Sirs:

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. [•]

Re: [Name of Corporate Member of Lloyd’s] (the “Applicant”)

This Clean Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit (the “Credit”) is issued by the banks whose names
are set out in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Issuing Lenders”, and each an “Issuing Lender”) in favour of
the Society of Lloyd’s (“Lloyd’s”) on the following terms:

	1.	 	Subject to the terms hereof, the Issuing Lenders shall make payments within two business days
of demand of Lloyds TSB Bank plc (the “Agent”) in accordance with paragraph 4 below.
	 
	2.	 	Upon a demand being made by Lloyd’s pursuant to paragraph 4 below each Issuing Lender shall
pay that proportion of the amount demanded which is equal to the proportion which its
Commitment set out in Schedule 1 hereto bears to the aggregate Commitments of all the Issuing
Lenders set out on Schedule 1 hereto provided that the obligations of the Issuing Lenders
under this Credit shall be several and no Issuing Lender shall be required to pay an amount
exceeding its Commitment set out in Schedule 1 hereto and the Issuing Lenders shall not be
obliged to make payments hereunder in aggregate exceeding a maximum amount of [£/$][•]. Any
payment by an Issuing Lender hereunder shall be made in sterling to Lloyd’s account specified
in the demand made by Lloyd’s pursuant to paragraph 4 below.
	 
	3.	 	This Credit is effective from [•] (the “Commencement Date”) and will expire on the Final
Expiration Date. This Credit shall remain in force until we give you not less than four years
notice in writing terminating the same on the later of (a) the fourth anniversary of the
Commencement Date and (b) any date subsequent to 31 December 2014 as specified in such notice
(the “Final Expiration Date”), our notice to be sent by registered mail for the attention of
the General Manager, Members’ Financial Services, at the above address.

 

1       Date of Letter of Credit.

- 130 -

 

	4.	 	Subject to paragraph 3 above, the Issuing Lenders shall pay to Lloyd’s under this Credit upon
presentation of a demand by Lloyd’s on the Agent, Lloyds TSB Bank plc at [•], marked for the
attention of [•] substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer
Certificate) hereto the amount specified therein (which amount shall not, when aggregated with
all other amounts paid by the Issuing Lenders to Lloyd’s under this Credit, exceed the maximum
amount referred to in paragraph 2 above).
	 
	5.	 	The Agent has signed this Credit as agent for disclosed principals and accordingly shall be
under no obligation to Lloyd’s hereunder other than in its capacity as an Issuing Lender.
	 
	6.	 	All charges are for the Applicant’s account.
	 
	7.	 	Subject to any contrary indication herein, this Credit is subject to the International
Standby Practices — ISP98 (1998 publication — International Chamber of Commerce Publication
No. 590).
	 
	8.	 	This Credit shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law and the
Issuing Lenders hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the High Court of Justice in
England.
	 
	9.	 	Each of the Issuing Lenders engages with Lloyd’s that demands made under and in compliance
with the terms of this Credit will be duly honoured on presentation.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Yours faithfully,

LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC

as agent

for and on behalf of

[Names of all Issuing Lenders including Agent]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

- 131 -

 

	 	 	 	 	 

Issuing Lenders’ Commitments

	 	 	 
	Name and Address of Issuing Lender 

	 	Commitment 
	 

	 	([Sterling/Dollars]) 
	 	 	 
	Total Value

	 	____________

- 132 -

 

Form
of Demand (Pounds Sterling)

[on Lloyd’s letterhead]

Dear Sir/Madam

THE SOCIETY OF LLOYD’S

SECURITY TRUSTEE OF

LETTER OF CREDIT NO.

With reference to the above, we enclose for your attention a Bill of Exchange, together with the
respective Letter of Credit. Payment should be made by way of CHAPS. The account details are as
follows:

	 	 	 
	[National Westminster Bank Plc

	 	Sort Code 60-00-01
	 
	 	 
	City of London Office

	 	Account 13637444
	P.O. Box 12258
	 	 
	1 Princes Street
	 	 
	London EC2R 8AP]
	 	 

Please quote Member Code:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Yours faithfully,

for Manager

Members’ Funds Department

Members’ Services Unit

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

- 133 -

 

	 	 	 	 	 

Your ref:

Our ref:       MEM/      /     /      /C911f

Extn:

BILL OF EXCHANGE

The Society of Lloyd’s

Security Trustee of

Letter of Credit No.

Please pay in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit to our order the amount of [£/$]                    .

	 	 	 
	 

	 	For and on behalf of
	 
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Authorised Signatory
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Members’ Funds Department

To:       [insert name of bank/credit institution]

             as the Agent

- 134 -

 

SCHEDULE 7

Mandatory Costs Rate

	1.	 	The Mandatory Costs Rate is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the
cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial
Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its
functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.
	 
	2.	 	On the first day of each Term (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate,
as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate”) for each Lender, in accordance with
the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a
weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the
percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Unpaid Sum) and will be expressed as a
percentage rate per annum.
	 
	3.	 	The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a participating
member state will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage
will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination
of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Unpaid Sums made
that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European
Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.
	 
	4.	 	The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom
will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

	 	(a)	 	in relation to a sterling Unpaid Sum:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	AB
+ C(B–D) + E  × 0.01
 

100–(A+C)
	 	per cent. per annum

	 	(b)	 	in relation to an Unpaid Sum in any currency other than sterling:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	E × 0.01
 

300
	 	per cent. per annum.

	 	Where:	 	 

	 	A 	 	is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.
	 
	 	B 	 	is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Mandatory Costs Rate and the
additional rate of interest specified in Clause 18.2 (Default interest) payable on any
Unpaid Sum) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Unpaid Sum.
	 
	 	C 	 	is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is
required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the
Bank of England.

- 135 -

 

	 	D 	 	is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on
interest bearing Special Deposits.
	 
	 	E 	 	is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and
is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge
supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and
expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

	5.	 	For the purposes of this Schedule:

	 	(a)	 	“Eligible Liabilities” and “Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them
from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be
appropriate) by the Bank of England;
	 
	 	(b)	 	“Fees Rules” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision
Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect
of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;
	 
	 	(c)	 	“Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the
activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee
required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount
rate); and
	 
	 	(d)	 	“Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in
accordance with, the Fees Rules.

	6.	 	In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as
percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A
negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting
figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.
	 
	7.	 	If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after
publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge
payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules
in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for
this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that
Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff
Base of that Reference Bank.
	 
	8.	 	Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating
its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the
following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

	 	(a)	 	the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

	 	 	Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it
pursuant to this paragraph.

- 136 -

 

	9.	 	The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of
each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the
information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that,
unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to
cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its
jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility
Office.
	 
	10.	 	The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an
Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to
assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3,
7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.
	 
	11.	 	The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost
to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the
information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8
above.
	 
	12.	 	Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the
Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the
absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.
	 
	13.	 	The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders,
determine and notify to all parties any amendments which are required to be made to this
Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time
to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European
Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions)
and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding
on all parties.

- 137 -

 

SCHEDULE 8

Letter Of Comfort

[on Lloyd’s letterhead]

Dear Sir/Madam

I understand that Talbot Holdings Ltd. on behalf of itself and the underwriting subsidiary of
Talbot Holdings Ltd. named Talbot 2002 Underwriting Capital Ltd. (the “Corporate Member”) has
procured or may procure the provision to Lloyd’s of one or more letters of credit, each with a
commencement date of [•], having a maximum aggregate value of up to [$/£][•] to form part of their
Funds at Lloyd’s (the “LTSB L/C”). [The LTSB L/C is to replace the letters of credit currently
provided to Lloyd’s in respect of the Corporate Members which total [$/£] [•]].

You have asked whether, in the event of monies having to be applied out of the Corporate Member’s
Funds at Lloyd’s, the letters of credit and other Funds at Lloyd’s of the Corporate Member may be
drawn down in a pre-determined order whereby any drawdown on the LTSB L/C would not be made until
such time as all other of the Corporate Member’s Funds at Lloyd’s had been applied.

As you are aware, the letters of credit are held by Lloyd’s in its capacity as Security Trustee
under the terms of the Security and Trust Deed (substantially in the form STD (CM) G93 CM 123)
entered into by the Corporate Member. Any decision to draw down on any letter of credit involves
an exercise of discretion in the light of the circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, and
thus no binding undertaking can be given now.

However, I can confirm that at the time of considering the drawdown of the Corporate Member’s Funds
at Lloyd’s, Lloyd’s would take into account the requested order of drawdown set out in the second
paragraph of this letter.

For the avoidance of doubt, Lloyd’s shall not be responsible to you or any other person for any
losses incurred by you or such other person as a consequence of acting in reliance upon this
letter.

Yours faithfully

- 138 -

 

SCHEDULE 9

Eligible Collateral Table

	 	 	 	 	 
	Collateral Description	 	Advance Rate
	 	 	Matching Currency*	 	Non-Matching Currency*
	Cash:

U.S. Dollars or Sterling, including time deposits,
certificates of deposit and money market deposits
held at Bank of New York, as custodian, or that are
subject to a first priority security interest of the
Facility Agent or Security Trustee.

	 	 100%.
	 	 95%.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	U.S. Government Securities:  

Securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or
insured by the US or any agency or instrumentality
thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of
the US is pledged in support thereof), including
assets issued by the Federal National Mortgage
Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation, Federal Home Loan Bank or the Government
National Mortgage Association.

	 	With maturities of
(x) two years or
less from the date
of acquisition,
95%, and (y) more
than two years to
ten years from the
date of
acquisition, 90%.
	 	With maturities of
(x) two years or less
from the date of
acquisition, 90%, and
(y) more than two
years to ten years
from the date of
acquisition, 85%
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Investment Grade Municipal Bonds: 

Municipal Bonds rated at least (i) A by S&P and (ii)
A2 by Moody’s and maturing within five years from the
date of acquisition.

	 	 85%.
	 	 80%.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Investment Grade Non-Convertible U.S. Corporate Bonds:

Non-convertible corporate bonds issued by any entity
organised in the US which are “publicly traded” on a
nationally recognised exchange, eligible to be
settled by DTC and rated at least (i) AA- by S&P and
(ii) Aa3 by Moody’s. Such Collateral cannot represent
more than 50 per cent.of the Borrowing Base and where
provided by an individual issuer is limited to an
amount of 5 per cent of the Borrowing Base.

	 	With maturities of
(x) two years or
less from the date
of acquisition, 90%
and (y) more than
two years to ten
years from the date
of acquisition,
85%.
	 	With maturities of
(x) two years or less
from the date of
acquisition, 85% and
(y) more than two
years to ten years
from the date of
acquisition, 80%.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	UK Government Securities:  

Securities issued by the United Kingdom government.

	 	With maturities of
(x) two years or
less from the date
of acquisition,
95%, and (y) more
than two years to
ten years from the
date of
acquisition, 90%.
	 	With maturities of
(x) two years or less
from the date of
acquisition, 90%, and
(y) more than two
years to ten years
from the date of
acquisition, 85%.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	OECD Sovereign Debt:  

Debt issued or guaranteed by OECD countries, rated at
least (i) AA- by S&P and (ii) Aa3 by Moody’s.

	 	With maturities of
(x) two years or
less from the date
of acquisition,
95%, and (y) more
than two years to
ten years from the
date of
acquisition, 90%.
	 	With maturities of
(x) two years or less
from the date of
acquisition, 90%, and
(y) more than two
years to ten years
from the date of
acquisition, 85%.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Other Securities: 

All other investments, obligations or securities.

	 	 0.0%.
	 	 0.0%.

 

			
	*	 	For the avoidance of doubt, in respect of any calculation relating to a Letter of Credit,
“Matching Currency” is a reference to Collateral denominated in the same currency as the
relevant Letter of Credit and “Non-Matching Currency” is a reference to Collateral denominated
in any other currency.

- 139 -

 

SCHEDULE 10

Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

	 	 	 
	To:

	 	Lloyds TSB Bank plc

as Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Clause 21.8 of the Standby Letter of Credit Facility Agreement dated as of 28 November
2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”;
capitalised terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such
terms in the Credit Agreement), among Talbot Holdings Ltd., Validus Holdings, Ltd., the lenders
from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), Lloyds TSB Bank plc as agent (in such capacity,
the “Agent”) and security trustee (in such capacity, the “Security Trustee”) and ING Bank N.V.,
London Branch as structuring agent, this certificate together with Annex 1 attached hereto is the
Borrowing Base Certificate as of [•], 20[•]. The amount and valuation of each of the components of
the Borrowing Base set forth on Annex 1 has been determined pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

This Borrowing Base Certificate is a complete and correct representation of the Borrowing Base as
of [•], 20[•].

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Sincerely,	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

- 140 -

 

ANNEX 1

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Value	 	Advance Rate	 	 	 	 	Borrowing Base
Contribution
	Cash

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Category of
Eligible Securities
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	$	 	 	 	 	x
	 	 	 	=
	 	 	$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Total Borrowing Base

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		$	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

- 141 -

 

SCHEDULE 11

Existing Liens

	1.	 	Debenture dated 25 March 2003 and granted by the Borrower in favour of Lloyds TSB Bank plc
securing all money and liabilities due, owing or incurred by the Borrower to Lloyds TSB Bank
plc.
	 
	2.	 	Liens over monies held in insurance broking accounts by Underwriting Risk Services Ltd held
in trust for the policyholders and underwriters.
	 
	3.	 	Liens over monies held in insurance broking accounts by Underwriting Risk Services (Middle
East) Ltd. held in trust for the policyholders and underwriters.

- 142 -

 

SCHEDULE 12

Existing Intercompany Arrangements and Agreements

	1.	 	Talbot Insurance (Bermuda), Ltd.’s reinsurance/FAL arrangements with the Account Party
pursuant to the slips entered into in November 2006, November 2007, November 2008 and the
slip to be entered in November 2009.
	 
	2.	 	The Borrower’s FAL procurement and contingent fee agreement with Talbot 2002 Underwriting
Capital Ltd, to be amended and restated in November 2009.
	 
	3.	 	Restrictions on the movement of assets as a result of the Lloyd’s Deeds entered into by the
Borrower and its subsidiaries.
	 
	4.	 	Liens over monies held in the insurance broking accounts of Underwriting Risk Services Ltd
and by Underwriting Risk Services (Middle East) Ltd. (as described in Schedule 11 (Existing
Liens)).

- 143 -

 

SCHEDULE 13

Permitted Subsidiary Indebtedness

	1.	 	A Guarantee and Indemnity granted by Talbot Underwriting Holdings Ltd (“TUHL”) in favour of
Lloyds TSB Bank plc in respect of certain obligations of Talbot Underwriting Services Ltd
(“TUSL”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of TUHL, pursuant to which TUHL guarantees the discharge
of all monies and liabilities now or hereafter due owing or incurred by TUSL to the Bank, up
to a limit of £3,000,000, together with interest, commission and costs as therein provided.
	 
	2.	 	A Guarantee and Indemnity granted by TUHL in favour of Lloyds TSB Bank plc in respect of
certain obligations of Underwriting Risk Services Ltd (“URSL”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
TUHL, pursuant to which TUHL guarantees the discharge of all monies and liabilities now or
hereafter due owing or incurred by URSL to Lloyds TSB Bank plc, up to a limit of £3,000,000,
together with interest, commission and costs as therein provided.

- 144 -

 

SCHEDULE
14

Subsidiaries

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Jurisdiction of	 	 	 	 	Percentage
	Name of Subsidiary:	 	Organisation:	 	Direct Owners:	 	 	Ownership:	 
	Validus Reinsurance, Ltd.

	 	Bermuda
	 	Validus Holdings, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Validus Research, Inc.

	 	Canada
	 	Validus Reinsurance, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Validus Specialty, Inc.

	 	Delaware, USA
	 	Validus Reinsurance, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Validus Reaseguros, Inc.

	 	Florida, USA
	 	Validus Specialty, Inc.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Validus Financial Services
Ltd.

	 	Bermuda
	 	Validus Holdings, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Validus America, Inc.

	 	Delaware, USA
	 	Validus Holdings, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Validus Services, Inc.

	 	Delaware, USA
	 	Validus Specialty, Inc.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Validus Amalgamation
Subsidiary, Ltd.  

	 	Bermuda
	 	Validus Reinsurance, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Validus Re Chile S.A.

	 	Chile
	 	Validus Reinsurance, Ltd.
	 	 	99	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Underwriting Risk Services,
S.A.

	 	Chile
	 	Validus Reinsurance, Ltd.
	 	 	99	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	IPCRe Limited

	 	Bermuda
	 	Validus Amalgamation
Subsidiary, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	IPC Underwriting Services
Ltd.

	 	Bermuda
	 	Validus Amalgamation
Subsidiary, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	IPCRe Europe Limited

	 	Ireland
	 	IPCRe Limited
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Validus Underwriting Risk
Services, Inc.

	 	Delaware
	 	Validus Specialty, Inc.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Validus Managers Ltd.

	 	Bermuda
	 	Validus Financial
Services Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	AlphaCat Fund Ltd.

	 	Bermuda
	 	Validus Managers Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	AlphaCat Reinsurance Ltd.

	 	Bermuda
	 	AlphaCat Fund Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	AlphaCat Master Fund Ltd.

	 	Bermuda
	 	AlphaCat Fund Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	AlphaCat High Return Fund
Ltd.

	 	Bermuda
	 	Validus Managers Ltd.
	 	 	100	%

- 145 -

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Jurisdiction of	 	 	 	 	Percentage
	Name of Subsidiary:	 	Organisation:	 	Direct Owners:	 	 	Ownership:
	Talbot
Entities:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Talbot Holdings, Ltd.

	 	Bermuda
	 	Validus Holdings, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Talbot Capital Ltd.

	 	Bermuda
	 	Talbot Holdings, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Talbot 2002 Underwriting
Capital Ltd. 

	 	UK
	 	Talbot Holdings, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Talbot Underwriting Holdings Ltd.

	 	UK
	 	Talbot Holdings, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Talbot Insurance (Bermuda)
Ltd.

	 	Bermuda
	 	Talbot Holdings, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Talbot Underwriting Capital
Ltd. (Dormant)

	 	UK
	 	Talbot Holdings, Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Talbot Underwriting Ltd.

	 	UK
	 	Talbot Underwriting
Holdings Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Underwriting Risk Services
Ltd.

	 	UK
	 	Talbot Underwriting
Holdings Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Talbot Underwriting Services
Ltd.

	 	UK
	 	Talbot Underwriting
Holdings Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Yachtsure Ltd. (Dormant)

	 	UK
	 	Talbot Underwriting
Holdings Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Marinasure Ltd. (Dormant)

	 	UK
	 	Talbot Underwriting
Holdings Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Talbot Risk Services Pte Ltd.

	 	Singapore
	 	Talbot Underwriting Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Underwriting Risk Services 

Italia SRL

	 	Italy
	 	Underwriting Risk
Services Ltd.
	 	 	100	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Underwriting Risk Services

(Middle East) Ltd

	 	Dubai
	 	Underwriting Risk
Services Ltd.
	 	 	50	%

- 146 -

 

SCHEDULE
15

Existing Affiliate Transactions

	1.	 	Reinsurance agreements with Group Ark Insurance Holdings Ltd. (“Group Ark”) in which the
Guarantor and/or its subsidiaries has ceded premiums to/from Group Ark.
	 
	2.	 	Subscription Agreements dated December 9, 2005 by and between the Guarantor and each of its
Members, for the purchase of the Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock, as the case
may be, and the transactions contemplated thereby.
	 
	3.	 	Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 12, 2005 by and among the Guarantor and its Members
listed on the signature pages thereto, and the transactions contemplated thereby.
	 
	4.	 	Warrant Agreements dated December 12, 2005, by and among the Guarantor and certain of its
Members, to purchase Voting Common Stock of Holdings.
	 
	5.	 	Warrant Agreements dated December 12, 2005, by and among the Guarantor and certain of its
Members, to purchase Non-Voting Common Stock of the Borrower.
	 
	6.	 	Discretionary Advisory Agreement and Risk Reporting and Investment Accounting Services
Agreement dated December 8, 2005 by and among the Guarantor and Goldman Sachs Asset
Management, LP.
	 
	7.	 	Investment Manager Agreement dated December 8, 2005 by and among the Guarantor and BlackRock
Financial Management, Inc.
	 
	8.	 	Reinsurance Agreements to which the Guarantor and/or its subsidiaries are a party and Tiger
Risk LLC is acting as an intermediary.
	 
	9.	 	Portfolio Management Agreement to be entered into between the Guarantor and Conning, Inc.
	 
	10.	 	Reinsurance agreements with entities affiliated with Vestar Capital Partners (“Vestar”) in
which the Guarantor and/or its subsidiaries has ceded premiums to/from Vestar.

- 147 -

 

SCHEDULE
16

Additional Lender Accession Letter

	 	 	 
	To:

	 	[•] as Agent
	From:

	 	[Additional Lender]
	Dated:
	 	 

Dear Sirs,

	1.	 	We refer to an agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) dated 28 November 2007 (as, from time to
time, amended, restated, varied, novated or supplemented) and made between Talbot Holdings
Ltd. as borrower, Validus Holdings, Ltd. as guarantor, ING Bank N.V., London Branch and Lloyds
TSB Bank plc as mandated lead arrangers, Lloyds TSB Bank plc as agent and security trustee,
the financial institutions defined therein as Lenders and others.
	 
	2.	 	This letter shall take effect as an Additional Lender Accession Letter for the purpose of the
Credit Agreement. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this letter
unless given a different meaning in this letter.
	 
	3.	 	We hereby agree to become a “Lender” and to assume a Commitment in an amount of $[•].
	 
	4.	 	We confirm that:

	 	(a)	 	we are an Approved Credit Institution; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	we have received a copy of the Credit Agreement together with such other
documents and information as we have required in connection with this transaction and
that we have not relied and will not hereafter rely on any other Finance Party to check
or enquire on our behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy
or completeness of any such information and further agree that we have not relied and
will not rely on any other Finance Party to assess or keep under review on our behalf
the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of the
Obligors.

	5.	 	We hereby undertake with each of the other parties to the Credit Agreement that we will
perform in accordance with their terms all those obligations which by the terms of the Finance
Documents will be assumed by us after delivery of this letter to the Agent.
	 
	6.	 	Our Facility Office address and related details are as follows:
	 
	 	 	Address:
	 
	 	 	Fax:
	 
	 	 	Telephone:
	 
	 	 	Contact Name:
	 
	 	 	Account for Payments:

- 148 -

 

	 	 	[•]
	 
	7.	 	This Letter is governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

Signed

For and on behalf of

[Additional Lender]

This Letter is accepted as an Additional Lender Accession Letter for the purposes of the Credit
Agreement by the Agent.

[Agent]

By:

- 149 -

 

SIGNATURES

	 	 	 	 	 
	The Borrower

TALBOT HOLDINGS LTD.

 	 
	By:  	/s/ Joseph E. (Jeff) Consolino
 	 
	

The Guarantor

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

 	 
	By:  	/s/ Joseph E. (Jeff) Consolino
 	 
	 	 	 
	The Security Provider

VALIDUS REINSURANCE, LTD.

 	 
	By:  	/s/ Joseph E. (Jeff) Consolino
 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	The Arranger	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH	 	LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ NJ Marchant      /s/ MER
Sharman	 	By:	 	/s/ WS Thomas	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	The Continuing Lenders	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH	 	LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ NJ Marchant      /s/ MER
Sharman	 	By:	 	/s/ WS Thomas	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	The Exiting Lender

CALYON

 	 
	By:  	/s/
Charles Kornberger      /s/ Walter J Buckley	 
	 	 	 
	The Agent and Security Trustee

LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC

 	 
	By:  	
/s/ WS ThomasExhibit 4.19

Exhibit 4.19

English Translation

Contract No.:                     

Purchase & Sale Contract for Commercial House

Seller: Chengdu Hi-tech Real Estate Co., Ltd.

Buyer: Chengdu Shidai Noah Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Construction Department of Sichuan Province

Administration for Industry and Commerce of Sichuan Province

 

 

 

Explanation

	1.	 	This contract version is a model version and may also be used as the version for signing.
Before the signing of this contract, the Buyer shall carefully read the contents of this
contract, particularly the optional, supplemented, filled and modified contents. In the case
of different understandings of the provisions and words of this contract, the user may consult
with the local competent real estate administration department. This model version is jointly
prepared by Construction Department of Sichuan Province and Administration for Industry and
Commerce of Sichuan Province.
	 
	2.	 	Commercial housing mentioned herein means the houses developed, constructed and sold by the
real estate development enterprise.
	 
	3.	 	Before this contract is concluded, the Seller shall present to the Buyer the presale license
of commercial housing and other related certificates and documentary evidences.
	 
	4.	 	Both parties hereto shall enter into this contract by following the principles of free will,
fairness and credibility. Neither party shall bend the other party to its will. Both parties
may make amendments, additions or deletions to the terms of this contract version. After this
contract becomes effective, both parties are deemed consenting to the unmodified printed words
in this contract.
	 
	5.	 	In order to embody the principle of free will, blank lines are left behind the relevant terms
of this contract version for both parties to add separate provisions or supplementary
provisions. The Seller and the Buyer may enter into a fair and reasonable supplementary
agreement with respect to the contents not covered or not specified in detail in this contract
on the basis of the specific situation of the sold project, or may add supplementary
provisions in the blank lines behind relevant terms.
	 
	6.	 	In this contract version, the optional contents in [     ], filled contents in blanks and other
contents needing to be deleted or added shall be agreed upon by both parties by mutual
consultation. The optional contents in  [     ] shall be selected with “Ö”; if the situation
does not occur or is not specified by both parties, blanks shall be marked with “ ́” so
as to indicate deletion.
	 
	7.	 	If any dispute arises in connection with the performance of this contract, either party may
bring a lawsuit with the people’s court in the place where real estate is located or submit an
arbitration application to an arbitration commission for arbitration. In the case of
arbitration, such dispute may be referred to the arbitration commission in the place where the
real estate is located or an arbitration commission in other place.
	 
	8.	 	Both parties may determine the number of originals of this contract depending on the actual
situation and at the conclusion of this contract, make careful checks to ensure that all the
originals are consistent. Under any circumstance, the Buyer shall retain at least one
original.

 

 

 

Purchase & Sale Contract for Commercial House

Seller: Chengdu Hi-tech Real Estate Co., Ltd.

Registered address: 4F, Auxiliary Building, Beite Industry Park, No. 11 Gaopeng Avenue, Gaoxin District, Chengdu

Postal code: 610041

Registration no. of business license: 5101091001210

No. of enterprise qualification certificate: 510109AWG3421641

Legal representative: Xu Liang          Tel.: 85332609

Entrusted agent:  ́ ́ ́          Tel.:  ́

Entrusted sales agency:  ́

Registered address:  ́

Postal code:  ́

Registration no. of business license:  ́

Buyer: Chengdu Shidai Noah Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Location of Buyer’s registered residence (passport or employer):                      Nationality:                     

[Legal representative Ö] [Responsible person]: Ruchun Zhang

[ID card Ö] [Passport] [Registration no. of business license] [     ]: 110108196602159094

Date of birth: February 15, 1966          Gender: Male

Mailing address:                     

Postal code:                               Tel.: 0755-82049103

[Legal agent] [Entrusted agent]:                               Nationality:                     

[ID card] [Passport] [     ]:                                         

Date of birth:                              Gender:                     

Mailing address:                                         

Postal code:                               Tel.:                     

Co-buyer:                                         

Share:                                         

[Legal representative] [Responsible person]:                               Nationality:                     

[ID card] [Passport] [Registration no. of business license] [ID card] [Passport] [     ]:                     

[Legal agent] [Entrusted agent]:                               Nationality:                     

[ID card] [Passport] [     ]:                                         

In accordance with the “Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China”, “Law of the People’s
Republic of China on Administration of Urban Real Estate” and other related laws and regulations,
the Seller and the Buyer, on the basis of equality, free will and fairness and through
negotiations, hereby agree below with respect to the purchase and sale of commercial house.

 

 

 

Article 1 Basis for Project Construction

The Seller has obtained the state-owned land use right of the land plot located at  3# Group,
 Construction Village, Guixi Sub-district Office, South Park, Gaoxin District. The number
of state-owned land use certificate for this land plot is GuoYong (2008) No. 2837  and the
area of land use right is 167692.00m2.

The temporary name of the commercial houses constructed by the Seller on the said land plot with
approval is Tianfu Software Park Software Outsourcing Base (Area C). Number of
construction project planning license is GaoXinGuiBianHao
(2007) No. 111; the number of
building project construction license is CGGJ (2007)-NJ055. The commencement date
specified in the construction project contract is June 2, 2007 and the completion date
specified in the construction project contract is March 28, 2008.

Article 2 Basis for Sale of Commercial House

[Completed house] The number of the house ownership certificate of the building the commercial
house bought by the Buyer (hereinafter referred to as the “Commercial House”) belongs to is
 ́.

[Pre-sold commercial house] The approving authority of the pre-sold commercial house is Chengdu
Real Estate Administration  and the number of presale license of commercial house is
ChengFangYuShouZhongXinChengQuZi No. 5649.

The real estate surveying and mapping institution entrusted by the Seller to survey the area of the
Commercial House is Chengdu Chenyuan Surveying & Mapping Co., Ltd.

Article 3 Basic Information on Commercial House Purchased by the Buyer

The house construction form of the Commercial House is: [ordinary commercial house].

The principal building structure of the building the Commercial House belongs to is frame
and the building has  6  stories, including  5  stories above the ground and
 1  story below the ground.

The Commercial House purchased by the Buyer is in the project as specified in Article 1 of this
Contract (note: the amounts below are denominated in  RMB):

The Commercial House is Room No.  ́,  1-2F,  ́[Unit], C2
[Building] of the project specified in Article 1. The purpose of the Commercial House is [office];
type of house: [ordinary] [villa] [others]:   ́; total surveyed floor area is
5371.37m2, in which internal floor area is   ́ m2
and allocated floor area of common parts and common house is   ́ m2;
[story height] is: 1F, 4.5m and 2F, 4.2m. For [clear height of sloped roof], the smallest
figure is   ́ m; the biggest figure is   ́ m. The
purpose of use of the land of the Commercial House purchased by the Buyer is scientific
research and design; land use term is from  April 29, 2008  to  April 28, 2058. The facing direction of the Commercial House is given in Annex 1 and it has   ́
balconies (including   ́ closed balconies and   ́  non-closed
balconies). Level of decoration is [clean water] and decoration standard is RMB
 ́/m2.

If the Commercial House is a residential house, the Seller and the Buyer agree to calculate the
price of the Commercial House by the means as listed in Paragraph 1 below. If the
Commercial House is an economically affordable house, the Seller and the Buyer agree to calculate
the price of the Commercial House by the means as listed in Paragraphs 1 and 2 below respectively.

 

 

 

If the Commercial House is a non-residential house, the Seller and the Buyer agree to calculate the
price of the Commercial House by the means as listed in Paragraph 2 below.

1. The price is based on internal floor area. The unit price of the Commercial House is
 ́ (currency)  ́ /m2. The total price is   ́
(currency)  ́ (in words).

2. The price is based on floor area. The unit price of the Commercial House is RMB
6000/m2. The total price is RMB 32,228,220.00 (in words: RMB thirty-two
million two hundred and twenty-eight thousand two hundred and twenty).

3. The price is based on apartment (unit). The total price of the Commercial House is   ́
(currency)  ́  (in words).

4. The price is based on   ́. The total price of the Commercial House is
 ́ (currency)  ́  (in words).

The total price of the purchased Commercial House is RMB thirty-two million two hundred and
twenty-eight thousand two hundred and twenty. Refer to Annex 4.

Room numbers are subject to those approved by the public security administration authority. The
layout plan of the Commercial House and diagram of its location in the whole building are given in
Annex 1.

“Floor area” mentioned herein refers to the horizontal projection area of the periphery of the
floors above the quadras of external walls (columns) of the house, which is a permanent building
with a top cover, a firm structure and a story height of above 2.20m, including balcony,
overhanging corridor, basement, outdoor stairs, etc.

“Internal floor area” mentioned herein refers to the aggregate of the useable area, wall body’s
area and balcony’s floor area inside the apartment (unit).

In this Article, “story height” means the vertical distance between two neighboring floors or
between floor and ground, and “clear height” means the vertical distance from floor or ground to
bottom of upper floor slab or ceiling.

Article 4 Mortgage

The mortgage about the Commercial House is: 1.

1. The allocated land use right and works in progress for the Commercial House are not mortgaged;

2. The allocated land use right for the Commercial House has been mortgaged. Mortgagee is
 ́, mortgage registration department is   ́ and date of mortgage
registration is   ́.

3. The works in progress for the Commercial House have been mortgaged. Mortgagee is  ́, mortgage registration department is   ́ and date of mortgage registration
is   ́.

 ́.

The certificate of mortgagee’s consent to the presale of the Commercial House and the provisions
about mortgage are given in Annex 3.

 

 

 

Article 5 Method and Term of Payment

The Buyer makes payment by the means as listed in Paragraph 4 below.

1. Payment by a lump sum

2. Payment in installments

3. Payment by loan. The Buyer may pay   ́% of the total house price as the
initial installment and the remaining portion may be paid with the loan from   ́
bank or housing provident fund management authority.

4. Payment by other means. Upon signing of the agreement, the Seller shall deliver the house to the
Buyer. The Buyer shall pay 90% of the total house price to the Seller’s account before
March 16, 2009 and pay 10% of the total house price after the procedures concerning initial
property right certificate are completed and before the procedures concerning household-specific
property right are completed.

Article 6 The Seller guarantees that the Commercial House is free of any property right dispute. If
property right registration cannot be handled or a claim or debt dispute arises for the Seller’s
reason, the Seller shall bear the corresponding responsibility.

 ́.

Article 7 Planning Change

The Seller shall construct the commercial houses in accordance with the conditions as specified in
the construction project planning license issued by the planning administration authority and shall
not make changes without permission.

If the Seller indeed needs to change the conditions as specified in the construction project
planning license, such change shall be subject to the written consent of the affected Buyer and the
approval of the planning administration authority. If planning change causes losses to the
interests of the Buyer, the Seller shall be liable for corresponding compensation.

Article 8 Design Change

(I) If the planning changes approved by the planning administration authority and the following
design changes of the construction drawings and design documents of building project as consented
to by design entity affect the quality or use functions of the Commercial House purchased by the
Buyer, the Seller shall give a written notice to the Buyer within 10 days after the design
examination entity approves such changes:

1. The structure form, type, space dimensions, facing direction and use of the Commercial House;

2.  ́;

3.  ́;

4.  ́.

If the Seller fails to notify the Buyer within the specified term, the Buyer is entitled to
surrender the house.

 

 

 

(II) The Buyer shall reply in writing whether or not to surrender the house within 15 days of
 receiving the notice. Otherwise, the Buyer is deemed as accepting changes.

(III) If the Buyer surrenders the house, the Seller shall refund the house price already paid by
the Buyer within  ́ days from receiving the notice of surrender, along with the
interest accrued thereupon at  ́ interest rate. If the Buyer does not surrender the
house, the Buyer shall enter into a separate supplementary agreement with the Seller.

 ́

 ́.

Article 9 Liability for Delayed Payment

Where the Buyer fails to make payment at the agreed time, Paragraph 1 below shall apply.

1. Liability is subject to the period of delay (the liabilities in Sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) are
not cumulative).

(1) If the delay is within  30 days, the Buyer shall pay to the Seller a penalty at a daily
rate of 0.02% of the overdue payment from the next day following expiry of agreed payment term to
the day of actual payment and such penalty shall be paid to the Seller within 7 days after
the day of actual payment. Then, this Contract continues to be performed;

(2) If the delay continues for more than  30  days (this day shall be the same as the day
in Sub-paragraph (1) above), the Seller is entitled to terminate this Contract. In case of such
termination by the Seller, the Buyer shall pay to the Seller a penalty at  5%  of the
cumulative overdue payment within 7  days after receipt of notice of termination and the
Seller shall refund all the payments already made by the Buyer. If the Buyer wishes to continue to
perform this Contract, this Contract may continue to be performed with the consent of the Seller.
The Buyer shall pay to the Seller a penalty at a daily rate of  0.03%  (this rate shall
not be less than the rate in Sub-paragraph (1) above) of the overdue payment from the next day
following expiry of agreed payment term to the day of actual payment and such penalty shall be paid
to the Seller within 7 days after the day of actual payment.

“Overdue payment” refers to the difference between the due payment as set forth in Article 5 and
the actual payment, or in case of payment by installments, the difference between the specific
installment and the actual payment.

2.  ́.

Article 10 Delivery Conditions

(I) After the first installment of the house price is paid up pursuant to the provisions of this
Contract, the Seller shall deliver the Commercial House to the Buyer before March 16, 2009.
The property management fee shall be computed from April 1, 2009.

(II) At delivery, the Commercial House shall comply with the conditions as listed in Paragraphs 1,
2,  ́,  ́,  ́,  ́  and
 ́  below. If the Commercial House is residential, the Seller shall also provide the
“House Quality Warranty” and “House Use Instructions”.

1. The Commercial House has obtained the planning acceptance conformity certificate.

2. A qualified real estate mapping institution has issued the report on the actually measured area
of
 the Commercial House.

 

 

 

3. The Seller has obtained the housing ownership certificate of the building the Commercial House
belongs to.

4. Comply with the conditions to be fulfilled for municipal infrastructures as undertaken by the
Seller in Article 11

5. If the Commercial House is residential, the Seller shall provide the “Household Acceptance Form
of House Engineering Quality”.

6.  ́.

7.  ́.

Article 11 Undertakings about Municipal Infrastructures and Other Facilities

The Seller undertakes that the municipal infrastructures and other facilities directly related to
the normal use of the Commercial House will fulfill the following conditions on the agreed date:

1. Municipal infrastructures

(1) Water supply and discharge: on August 8, 2008, reach the house delivery
standard;

(2) Electricity: on August 8, 2008, reach the house delivery standard;

(3) Heating: on   ́, reach  ́;

(4) Gas: on   ́, reach  ́;

(5) A total bandwidth of not less than 100M can be connected to the building. For the opening
of bandwidth, Party B has to apply to telecom operator.

If the conditions are not fulfilled within the agreed term, both parties agree below:

(1)  ́;

(2)  ́.

2. Other facilities

(1) Public green land: on  December 31, 2008, reach the  house delivery standard;

(2) Public road: on  December 31, 2008, reach the house delivery standard;

(3) Public parking lot: on December 31, 2008, reach the house delivery standard;

(4) Kindergarten: on   ́, reach  ́;

(5) School: on   ́, reach  ́;

(6) Club: on   ́, reach  ́;

(7) Shopping center: on  ́, reach  ́;

(8) Sports facilities: on  ́, reach  ́;

 

 

 

(9)  ́;

(10)  ́.

If the conditions are not fulfilled within the agreed term, both parties agree below:

(1)  ́;

(2)  ́.

Article 12 Liability for Delayed Delivery

Where the Seller fails to deliver the Commercial House to the Buyer according to the term and
conditions as specified in Article 10 (unless force majeure occurs), Paragraph 1 below
shall apply.

1. Liability is subject to the period of delay (the liabilities in Sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) are
not cumulative).

(1) If the delay is within  30  days (this term shall not be less than the term in
Paragraph (1) of Article 10), the Seller shall pay to the Buyer a penalty at a daily rate of
0.02%  (this rate shall not be less than the rate in Paragraph (1) of Article 9) of the
already paid house price from the next day following expiry of the delivery term as specified in
Article 10 to the day of actual delivery and such penalty shall be paid to the Buyer within 7
 days after the Commercial House is delivered. Then, this Contract continues to be performed;

(2) If the delay continues for more than  30  days (this day shall be the same as the day
in Sub-paragraph (1) above), the Buyer is entitled to surrender the house. In case the Buyer
surrenders the house, the Seller shall refund all the payments already made by the Buyer within
7 days after receipt of the notice of surrender and pay to the Buyer a penalty at 5% of all
the payments already made by the Buyer. If the Buyer wishes to continue to perform this Contract,
this Contract may continue to be performed. The Seller shall pay to the Buyer a penalty at a daily
rate of  0.03%  (this rate shall not be less than the rate in Sub-paragraph (1) above) of
all the payments already made by the Buyer from the next day following expiry of the delivery term
as specified in Article 10 to the day of actual delivery and such penalty shall be paid to the
Buyer within 7 days after the Commercial House is delivered.

2.  ́.

Article 13 Handling of Area Difference

When the Commercial House is delivered, the Seller shall present to the Buyer the report on the
actually measured area of the Commercial House issued by the qualified real estate mapping
institution entrusted by it and provide to the Buyer the actual measurement area data of the
Commercial House (hereinafter referred to as “Actually Measured Area”). In case of any error
between the Actually Measured Area and the surveyed area in Article 3, both parties agree that
Paragraph 3 below applies:

1. According to the provision “price is based on internal floor area” in Article 3, both parties
agree below:

(1) If the absolute value of the error ratio of internal floor area is within 3% (including 3%),
house
 price is settled according to actual area;

 

 

 

(2) If the absolute value of the error ratio of internal floor area exceeds 3%, the Buyer is
entitled to surrender the house.

If the Buyer surrenders the house, the Seller shall refund the house price already paid by the
Buyer within 30 days of receiving the notice of surrender, along with the interest accrued
thereupon at  ́ interest rate.

If the Buyer does not surrender the house and actually measured internal floor area is bigger than
preliminarily measured internal floor area: the house price for the portion within 3% (including
3%) shall be paid by the Buyer; the house price for the portion in excess of 3% shall be borne by
the Seller and property right shall be owned by the Buyer. If actually measured internal floor area
is smaller than preliminarily measured internal floor area, the house price for the portion within
3% (including 3%) shall be refunded by the Seller to the Buyer; the house price for the portion in
excess of 3% shall be refunded by the Seller to the Buyer on a double basis.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

Error ratio of internal
floor area=
	 	Actually measured internal floor
area –
preliminarily measured internal floor area

 

Preliminarily measured internal floor area
	 	

X 100%

2. According to the provision “price is based on floor area” in Article 3, both parties agree
below:

(1) If the absolute values of the error ratios of floor area and internal floor area are within 3%
(including 3%), house price is settled according to actually measured floor area;

(2) If the absolute value of the error ratio of floor area or internal floor area exceeds 3%, the
Buyer is entitled to surrender the house.

If the Buyer surrenders the house, the Seller shall refund the house price already paid by the
Buyer within 30 days of receiving the notice of surrender, along with the interest accrued
thereupon at  ́ interest rate.

If the Buyer does not surrender the house and actually measured floor area is bigger than
preliminarily measured floor area: the house price for the portion within 3% (including 3%) shall
be paid by the Buyer; the house price for the portion in excess of 3% shall be borne by the Seller
and property right shall be owned by the Buyer. If actually measured floor area is smaller than the
floor area specified in the contract, the house price for the portion within 3% (including 3%)
shall be refunded by the Seller to the Buyer; the house price for the portion in excess of 3% shall
be refunded by the Seller to the Buyer on a double basis.

	 	 	 	 	 
	
Error ratio of
floor area=
	 	Actually measured floor area –
preliminarily measured floor area

 

Preliminarily measured floor area
	 	

X 100%

3. Other provisions agreed upon by both parties.

If the Buyer does not surrender the house, house price is settled according to actually
measured area. Overpaid sum is refunded and underpaid sum has to be paid.

 

 

 

Article 14 Handover Procedures

(I) After the Commercial House fulfils the delivery conditions as set out in Article 10, the Seller
shall, 7 days prior to delivery day, notify the Buyer in writing of the time and place of handover
procedures as well as the certificates needing to be taken. When both parties handle acceptance
inspection and handover, the Seller shall present the certificates as stipulated in Article 10 and
fulfill the other conditions as stipulated in Article 10. Where the Seller does not present
certificates or presented certificates are incomplete, or the Seller does not fulfill the other
conditions set forth in Article 10, the Buyer has the right to refuse to take over the house. The
liability for delayed delivery arising therefrom shall be borne by the Seller and the provisions of
Article 12 shall apply.

(II) After acceptance inspection and handover, both parties shall sign the handover form of
commercial house. If handover procedures are not handled on time for causes attributable to the
Buyer, both parties agree as follows:

If the Buyer does not take over the house within 15 days after the Seller gives a written
notice to the Buyer, it shall be deemed that the Seller has delivered the house to the Buyer on the
16th day after the giving of the written notice and the Buyer shall undertake the
responsibility; any quality problem found by the Buyer during takeover of the house shall be solved
by the Seller within the time reasonably requested by the Buyer.

(III) Both
 parties agree to pay taxes and fees by the means as listed in Paragraph 3 below.

1. The Seller shall not take the payment of taxes and fees by the Buyer as the condition for the
handover of the Commercial House.

 ́.

2. The Buyer agrees to entrust the Seller to pay the taxes and fees in Paragraphs  ́,
 ́,  ́,  ́,  ́ and  ́ below on its behalf and further agrees
to deliver the aforementioned taxes and fees to the Seller while it takes over the Commercial
House.

(1) Special maintenance fund;

(2) Contract tax;

(3) Property service fee as specified in Article 22;

(4) Heating fee;

(5)  ́;

(6)  ́.

3. The Buyer will itself pay the taxes and fees in Paragraphs 1, 2, 3,  ́,
 ́ and  ́ below to relevant units and present to the Seller the payment vouchers
while it takes over the Commercial House.

(1) Special maintenance fund;

(2) Deed duty;

(3) Property service fee as specified in Article 22;

 

 

 

(4) Heating fee;

(5)  ́;

(6)  ́.

Article 15 Quality, Decoration and Equipment Standards of the Commercial House

(I) The Seller covenants that the Commercial House uses qualified building materials, components
and accessories and the quality of the Commercial House conforms to the requirements of the
engineering quality specifications, standards, construction drawings and design documents issued by
the state and Sichuan Province.

(II) The Seller and the Buyer agree below:

1. Where the foundation and principal structure of the Commercial House do not pass quality
inspections, the Buyer is entitled to surrender the house. If the Buyer surrenders the house, the
Seller shall refund all the payments already made by the Buyer, along with the interest accrued
thereupon at the bank demand deposit interest rate for the same period, within 30
days of receiving the notice of surrender. If losses are thus caused to the Buyer, the Seller shall
be held liable for compensation. The inspection expenses thus incurred shall be borne by the
Seller.

If the Buyer wishes to continue to perform this Contract, it shall enter into a separate
supplementary agreement with the Seller.

 ́.

2. Where the indoor air quality of the Commercial House does not comply with the national standard
after inspection, the Buyer is entitled to surrender the house within 60 days (not less
than 60 days) after the delivery date of the Commercial House. If the Buyer surrenders the house,
the Seller shall refund all the payments already made by the Buyer, along with the interest accrued
thereupon at the bank demand deposit interest rate for the same period, within 30
days of receiving the notice of surrender. If losses are thus caused to the Buyer, the Seller shall
be held liable for compensation. The inspection expenses thus incurred shall be borne by the
Seller.

If the Buyer does not surrender the house or the Commercial House is already used for more than
60 days after delivery, the Buyer shall enter into a separate supplementary agreement with
the Seller.

 ́.

3. At delivery, the Commercial House has passed the acceptance inspections by construction,
surveying, design, project undertaking and project supervision entities. The Seller shall inspect
the house together with the Buyer. If it is found after inspection that the Commercial House has
other problems, both parties agree that Paragraph 1 below applies:

(1) The Seller shall deliver the repaired Commercial House within  90  days. The liability
for delayed delivery arising therefrom shall be borne by the Seller and the provisions of Article
12 shall apply.

 ́.

 

 

 

(2) The Seller shall, at its own expense, make repairs in accordance with the engineering quality
specifications and standards of the state and Sichuan Province within   ́ days after
the delivery date of the Commercial House. In case losses are thus incurred to the Buyer, the
Seller shall be held liable for compensation.

(3)  ́.

4. The decorations and equipment of the Commercial House delivered by the Seller shall comply with
the standards as agreed upon by both parties. Otherwise, the Buyer is entitled to request the
Seller to comply with Paragraph  ́ below.

(1) The Seller compensates twice the price difference of decorations and equipment.

(2)  ́.

(3)  ́.

The provisions about decoration and equipment standards are given in Annex 6.

(III) If any dispute arises between the Seller and the Buyer with respect to engineering quality,
either party may entrust a qualified construction engineering quality inspection institution to
make inspection. Each party shall provide assistance for the other party with respect to such
inspection.

 ́.

Article 16 House Warranty Responsibility

(I) If the Commercial House is residential, the Seller shall undertake the corresponding warranty
responsibility in accordance with the House Quality Warranty as from the delivery date of the
Commercial House.

If the Commercial House is not residential, both parties shall enter into a supplementary agreement
specifying warranty scope, term and responsibility.

(II) Where the Commercial House has any quality problem within the warranty scope and term: if
there is any provision about surrender, such provision shall apply; if there is no provision about
surrender, the Seller shall perform warranty obligation and the Buyer shall render assistance. But
the Seller shall not be liable for the damages for causes not attributable to the Seller.

Article 17 Residential Energy-saving Measures

[1] If the Commercial House is residential, it shall comply with the state regulations on energy
saving of buildings and the “Energy Saving Design Standard of Residential Buildings in the Hot and
Cold Areas in Summer and Winter in Sichuan Province” (DB51/T5027-2002) promulgated by Technology
Supervision Administration of Sichuan Province. Otherwise, the Seller shall implement energy saving
measures in line with the requirements of the “Energy Saving Design Standard of Residential
Buildings in the Hot and Cold Areas in Summer and Winter in Sichuan Province” and bear all the
expenses relating thereto. In case losses are thus incurred to the Buyer, the Seller shall be held
liable for compensation.

 ́.

 

 

 

[2] If the Commercial House is a part of public building (office building, commercial building,
tourism building etc), it shall comply with the state regulations on energy saving of buildings and
the “Energy Saving Design Standard of Public Buildings” (GB50189-2005) promulgated by the Ministry
of Construction. Otherwise, the Seller shall implement energy saving measures in line with the
requirements of the “Energy Saving Design Standard of Public Building” and bear all the expenses
relating thereto. In case losses are thus incurred to the Buyer, the Seller shall be held liable
for compensation.

 ́.

Article 18 Covenants of Use

When the Buyer uses the Commercial House, it shall not change the principal building structure,
bearing structure and purpose of use of the Commercial House without permission. Except as
otherwise specified in this Contract and its supplementary agreement and annexes, in the course of
use of the Commercial House, the Buyer is entitled to share the common parts and facilities related
to the Commercial House with other right owner and shall bear the obligations on the basis of the
allocated area of common parts and house.

The Seller shall not change the nature of use of the common parts and facilities relating to the
Commercial House without permission.

 ́.

Article 19 Property Right Registration

(I) Initial registration

The Seller shall obtain the ownership certificate of the building the Commercial House belongs to
no later than February 28, 2010. If the Seller fails to obtain such ownership certificate
within the term as agreed in this Article due to its fault, both parties agree that Paragraph
2 below applies:

1. The Buyer is entitled to surrender the house. If the Buyer surrenders the house, the Seller
shall refund all the payments already made by the Buyer within  ́ days from receiving the
notice of surrender and pay to the Buyer liquidated damages of  ́% of all the payments
already made by the Buyer. If the Buyer does not surrender the house, this Contract continues to be
performed and the Seller shall pay to the Buyer liquidated damages of  ́% of all the
payments already made by the Buyer per day delayed, from the next day following expiry of the term
when the Seller shall obtain the ownership certificate of the building of the Commercial House to
the day when the ownership certificate is obtained, and such liquidated damages shall be paid to
the Buyer within  ́ days after the Seller obtains the ownership certificate.

2. The Seller shall undertake the following defaulting liability:

(1) If the delay is within thirty days, the Seller shall pay to the Buyer liquidated
damages of 0.02% of all the payments already made by the Buyer per day delayed, and
such liquidated damages shall be paid to the Buyer within 7 days after the initial
property right registration is completed. This Contract continues to be performed.

 

 

 

(2) If the delay exceeds thirty days ((this day shall be the same as the day in
Sub-paragraph (1) above), the Buyer is entitled to terminate this Contract. Upon such termination,
the Seller shall pay
to the Buyer liquidated damages of 5% of all the payments already made by the Buyer
within 7 days from receiving the notice of termination and refund all the payments
already made by the Buyer. If the Buyer intends to continue to perform this Contract, this Contract
shall continue to be performed and the Seller shall pay to the Buyer liquidated damages of
0.03% of all the payments already made by the Buyer per day delayed, from the next day
following expiry of the agreed property right registration term to the day of actual completion of
property right registration and such liquidated damages shall be paid to the Buyer within  7
days after the day of actual completion of property right registration.

(II) Transfer registration

1. After the Commercial House is delivered for use, both parties agree that Paragraph 1
below applies:

(1) The Seller handles the ownership transfer registration of the house with the ownership
registration authority. The Buyer shall provide to the Seller the relevant documents according to
the Seller’s registration requirements and notice.

(2) The Buyer agrees to entrust the Seller to handle the ownership transfer registration of the
house with the ownership registration authority and the entrustment fee is RMB zero (in
words).

2. Where, due to the Seller’s fault, the Buyer does not obtain the housing ownership certificate
before June 30, 2010 (the Buyer shall pay the expenses relating to the handling of
property right at one time), both parties agree that Paragraph  2 below applies:

(1) The Buyer is entitled to surrender the house. If the Buyer surrenders the house, the Seller
shall refund all the payments already made by the Buyer, along with the interest accrued thereupon
at the   ́ interest rate, within   ́ days of receiving the notice
of surrender. If the Buyer does not surrender the house, the Seller shall pay to the Buyer
liquidated damages of   ́% of all the payments already made by the Buyer per day
delayed, from the next day following expiry of the term when the Buyer shall obtain the housing
ownership certificate to the day when the Buyer obtains the housing ownership certificate, and such
liquidated damages shall be paid to the Buyer within   ́ days after the Buyer
obtains the housing ownership certificate.

(2) The Seller shall undertake the following defaulting liability:

1) If the delay is within  thirty days, the Seller shall pay to the Buyer liquidated
damages of  0.03% of all the payments already made by the Buyer per day delayed, and such
liquidated damages shall be paid to the Buyer within  7  days after the initial property
right registration is completed. This Contract continues to be performed.

2) If the delay exceeds  thirty  days ((this day shall be the same as the day in
Sub-paragraph (1) above), the Buyer is entitled to terminate this Contract. Upon such termination,
the Seller shall pay to the Buyer liquidated damages of  8% of all the payments already
made by the Buyer within  7  days from receiving the notice of termination and refund
all the payments already made by the Buyer. If the Buyer intends to continue to perform this
Contract, this Contract shall continue to be performed and the Seller shall pay to the Buyer
liquidated damages of  0.04% of all the payments already made by the Buyer per day
delayed, from the next day following expiry of the agreed property right registration term to the
day of actual completion of property right registration and
such liquidated damages shall be paid to the Buyer within  7  days after the day of
actual completion of property right registration.

 

 

 

Article 20 Common Interests

1. The use right of the roof of the building in which the Commercial House is located shall be
shared by all property right owners.

2. The use right of the outer walls of the building in which the Commercial House is located shall
be shared by all property right owners.

3. The use right of the walls of elevator hall and the inside walls of elevator cab of the building
in which the Commercial House is located shall be shared by all property right owners.

4. The eaves, steps, entrance hall and other public places of the building in which the Commercial
House is located shall be shared by all property right owners.

The above parts may be reasonably used by common property right owners through negotiations,
subject to relevant park management regulations.

Article 21 Auxiliary Buildings and Structures

Both parties agree that the auxiliary buildings and structures attached to the Commercial House
shall be subject to Paragraph x below.

1. When the Seller sells the Commercial House, the  ́,  ́,  ́ and
 ́ attached to the Commercial House will be transferred together with the Commercial House.

2. When the Seller sells the Commercial House, the  ́,  ́,  ́ and
 ́ attached to the Commercial House will not be transferred together with the Commercial
House.

Article 22 Prophase Property Service

(I) The property management enterprise engaged by the Seller in accordance with law is Shenzhen
Science & Technology Industry Park Property Management Co., Ltd. The number of its
qualification certificate is JianWuQi (2003) 046.

(II) During the prophase property management, property service rate is RMB4
yuan/month/square meter (construction area). The fee is composed of cleaning fee, public order
maintenance fee, daily maintenance fee of common parts, facilities and equipment, greening
maintenance fee, comprehensive management fee,  ́,  ́,  ́,  ́,
 ́ and  ́ within property area.

Aboveground parking management fee is subject to relevant state standard  and underground
parking management fee is subject to relevant state standard.

(III) Property management enterprise will collect property service fee by the means in Paragraph
3 below.

1. Make collection on an annual basis. The Buyer shall pay the fee before  ́ of each year.

2. Make collection on a semiannual basis. The Buyer shall pay the fee before  ́ and
 ́ of each year respectively.

 

 

 

3. Make collection on a quarterly basis. The Buyer shall pay the Q1 property service fee before
January 10  of each year; pay the Q2 property service fee before  April 10  of
each year; pay the Q3 property service fee before  July 10  of each year; pay the Q4
property service fee before October 10  of each year.

(IV) The property service contents and owners’ temporary pact are given in Annex 7. The Buyer has
carefully read all the property service contents and owners’ temporary pact in Annex 7 and agrees
to accept the prophase property service provided by the property management enterprise engaged by
the Seller in accordance with law and also to comply with owners’ temporary pact. If property
service contents and owners’ temporary pact are inconsistent with this Contract, this Contract
shall prevail.

Article 23 Special Maintenance Fund

If the Buyer entrusts the Seller to pay special maintenance fund on its behalf, the Seller shall
provide the payment voucher for special maintenance fund to the Buyer within 30 days after
the date of entrustment.

If the Buyer itself pays special maintenance fund, it shall provide the payment voucher for special
maintenance fund to property management enterprise [at the delivery] of the Commercial House.

Article 24 Force Majeure

Should either party be prevented from performing this Contract owing to force majeure, such party
shall be exempt from the responsibility, in whole or in part, depending on the effect of force
majeure, but the prevented party shall without undue delay notify the other party and within
30 days after the end of force majeure, provide the proof hereof to the other party.

Article 25 Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising out of the performance of this Contract shall be resolved by both parties
through negotiations. In the event that no resolution can be reached, such dispute shall be
resolved through the means in Paragraph 2 below:

1. by submitting it to  ́ arbitration commission for arbitration.

2. by instituting a lawsuit with the people’s court in accordance with law.

Article 26 This Contract shall become effective as of the date when it is signed (sealed) by both
parties. Both parties may enter into a written supplementary agreement for changes or supplements
with respect to the contents that are not specified, unclear or not applicable herein according to
the specific situation. But if such supplementary agreement contains the contents that unreasonably
alleviate or exempt the responsibility of the Seller under this Contract or unreasonably increase
the responsibility of the Buyer or exclude the main rights of the Buyer, this Contract shall
prevail. The termination of this Contract shall be in writing. The annexes and supplementary
agreement hereto shall have the same legal effect as this Contract.

Article 27 This Contract and its annexes hereto have 22  pages and are executed in
seven  copies, being equally authentic, three copies for the Seller, three
copies for the Buyer, one copy for the property right office and  ́ copy
for the bank.

 

 

 

Article 28 The filing of this Contract adopts the form of online signing and online filing. The
Buyer and the Seller shall maintain the consistency of the online filing version of this Contract
and the written version of this Contract.

	 	 	 
	Seller (signature & seal): /s/ Chengdu  Hi-tech Real Estate Co., Ltd.

	 	Buyer (signature & seal): /s/ Chengdu Shidai Noah Information Technology  Co., Ltd.
	 
	 	 
	Legal representative:

	 	Legal representative: /s/ Ruchun Zhang
	 
	 	 
	Entrusted agent (signature & seal):

	 	Responsible person:
	 
	 	 
	Entrusted sales agency (signature & seal):

	 	Entrusted agent (signature & seal):
	 
	 	 
	Signing date: February 20, 2009

	 	Signing date: February 20, 2009
	 
	 	 
	Signing place:

	 	Signing place:

 

 

 

Annex 1: Layout Plan of House and Diagram of its Location in the whole Building (shall mark
the location)

Please refer to Annex 1 for the details

Annex 2: Description of the Composition of the Allocated Floor Areas of Common Parts and Houses

1. Name, purpose, location and area of allocated common parts

2. Name, purpose, location, area and allocation coefficient of the commercial house involved in the
allocation of common floor area

3. Non-allocated common parts.

Annex 3: Certificate of Mortgagee’s Consent to the Sale of Commercial House and Relevant Provisions
of Mortgagee and Mortgagor

 ́.

Annex 4: Other Provisions about Pricing and House Price

 ́.

Annex 5: Provisions about Method and Term of Payment

 ́.

Annex 6: Provisions about Decoration and Equipment Standards (refer to House Delivery Standard)

1. Heating system:

(1) Central heating: [heat radiator][floor heating] [___]  ́;

(2) Household-specific heating: [gas stove][electrical heating] [___]  ́;

(3) Brand of heating equipment:  ́.

2. Insulating materials:

(1) Outer wall insulation: [extruded polyphenyl board][foam polyphenyl board][foam polyurethane
board] [___]  ́.

(2) Inner wall insulation: [plaster polyphenyl board] [___]  ́.

3. Outer wall: [glass curtain wall]  ́.

4. Inner wall:  ́.

5. Ceiling: [plasterboard suspended ceiling]  ́.

6. Indoor floor: [granite]  ́.

 

 

 

7. Doors and windows:

(1) Structure dimension of outer wall:  ́.

(2) Form of opening:  ́.

(3) Section material of door and window:  ́.
8. Kitchen:

(1) Ground: [cement plastering][tile] [____]  ́;

(2) Wall face: [waterproof putty][tile] [____]  ́;

(3) Ceiling: [cement plastering][plasterboard suspended ceiling] [____]  ́;

(4) Kitchenware:  ́.

9. Toilet:

(1) Ground:[cement plastering]  ́;

(2) Wall face:[waterproof putty][paint][tile] [____]  ́;

(3) Ceiling:[cement plastering][plasterboard suspended ceiling] [____]  ́;

10. Balcony: [not closed]  ́.

11. Elevator:

(1) Elevator brand:  ́;

(2) Elevator speed:  ́ m/s;

(3) Lifting capacity of elevator:  ́ Kg;

(4)  ́.

12. Others

 ́;

 ́.

 

 

 

House Delivery Standard of C2 Building of Tianfu Software Park Phase II

(sale of whole building)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	S/N	 	Item	 	Contents
	1	 	 	 	Construction works
	 	1. Reinforced concrete structure (foundation, beam, sheet,
column)

2. Building and plastering of wall body of pipe shaft

	 	 	 	 	 	 	3. Level of indoor floor with cement mortar

	 	 	 	 	 	 	4. High-grade face tiles for outer wall, hollow LOW-E glass
curtain wall and complex window

	 	 	 	 	 	 	5. Fine fitment for staircase

	 	 	 	 	 	 	6. Person bearing roof is concrete roof.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	2	 	 	 	Installation works
	 	1. Staircase lighting.

2. Toilet plumbing system, rain-water system

	 	 	 	 	 	 	3. All fire protection works completed.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	4. Air-conditioning system (adopt water loop heat pump
air-conditioning system. Air-conditioning system is a
warm/cold system. The cold quantity in air-conditioning area
is configured according to relevant design code. For office
area, 180W—200W/m2; fresh air quantity in office
area, 30m3/h.p. Condensed water circulating system
connects to floor shaft. Indoor equipment, indoor air pipes,
fresh air system and air outlets shall be installed to be in
place by the lessee or purchaser).

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	3	 	 	 	Equipment works
	 	1. Elevator: C2, 3, 4: 4 elevators; C5: 3 elevators C6, 7: 4 elevators

	 	 	 	 	 	 	2. Power load: office power consumption is configured at
120W/m2 (excluding power load of air conditioning).

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	4	 	 	 	Design standard of

use load of house
	 	1. The standard value of design load of fire vehicle passage
is 20KN/m2.

2. Standard value of design load of office: 2.5-3KN/m2 (including partition load of
1KN/m2).

	 	 	 	 	 	 	3. The standard value of design load of public toilet is 2
KN/m2.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	4. The standard value of design load of general equipment
house is 5 KN/m2—6 KN/m2.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	5. Overload use is strictly prohibited. Otherwise, all the
consequences shall be borne by the user.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	5	 	 	 	Auxiliary facilities
	 	1. Lighting, power to floor distribution box.

2. ELV optical fiber to floor ELV shaft.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	3. Water supply: connected to point of water use at the toilet.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	4. Water drainage: drain system adopts the separate system of
storm water and sewage.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	5. Parking: total number of parking spaces in the basement of
park: about 2800; total number of parking spaces on the
ground: about 750.

Annex 7: Property Services

 ́

 

 

 

Results of Real Estate Surveying of Tianfu Software Park Software Outsourcing Base (Area C) – Actual Measurement

2008-12-1

2. Statistical table of areas of houses in different buildings

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Office	 	 	Overhead floor	 	 	Garage	 	 	Others	 	 	Others	 	 	 	 
	Building	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Number	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Number	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Number	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Number	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Number	 	 	 	 
	No.	 	Floor area	 	 	Floor	 	 	Area	 	 	of houses	 	 	Floor	 	 	Area	 	 	of houses	 	 	Floor	 	 	Area	 	 	of houses	 	 	Name	 	 	Floor	 	 	Area	 	 	of houses	 	 	Name	 	Floor	 	 	Area	 	 	of houses	 	 	Remarks	 
	2
	 	 	18737.67	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-1	 	 	 	4206.89	 	 	 	1	 	 	Bicycle parking	 	 	-1	 	 	 	441.41	 	 	 	1	 	 	Scientific research, office	 	 	1~5	 	 	 	14089.36	 	 	 	30	 	 	 	 	 
	3
	 	 	18737.67	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-1	 	 	 	4206.89	 	 	 	1	 	 	Bicycle parking	 	 	-1	 	 	 	441.41	 	 	 	1	 	 	Scientific research, office	 	 	1~5	 	 	 	14089.36	 	 	 	30	 	 	 	 	 
	4
	 	 	18771.23	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-1	 	 	 	4214.43	 	 	 	1	 	 	Bicycle parking	 	 	-1	 	 	 	442.20	 	 	 	1	 	 	Scientific research, office	 	 	1~5	 	 	 	14114.60	 	 	 	30	 	 	 	 	 
	5
	 	 	8975.54	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Scientific research, office	 	 	1~8	 	 	 	8975.54	 	 	 	30	 	 	 	 	 
	6
	 	 	17422.32	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Scientific research, office	 	 	1~8	 	 	 	17422.32	 	 	 	48	 	 	 	 	 
	7
	 	 	17422.32	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Scientific research, office	 	 	1~8	 	 	 	17422.32	 	 	 	48	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	743.15	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Overhead connecting corridor	 	 	5	 	 	 	743.15	 	 	 	4	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Total
	 	 	100809.89	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	12628.21	 	 	 	3	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1325.03	 	 	 	3	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	86856.65	 	 	 	220	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Surveyor: Wu Bo

	 	Examiner: Wang Hao
	 	December 1, 2008

Comparison between surveyed area and “planned economic and technical index” area

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Aboveground	 	 	Underground	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Area difference ratio	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Area difference ratio	 
	 	 	Surveyed	 	 	Planned	 	 	(surveyed area – planned	 	 	Surveyed	 	 	Planned	 	 	(surveyed area – planned	 
	 	 	area	 	 	area	 	 	area)/planned area	 	 	area	 	 	area	 	 	area)/planned area	 
	Scientific research, office
	 	 	86856.65	 	 	 	86878.00	 	 	 	0.000246

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00165-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00165-of-00352.parquet"}]]